20 - Sugar Technology

CURRICULUM - 2023
C -23
DIPLOMA IN
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
(SUGAR TECHNOLOGY)
STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION & TRAINING

ANDHRA PRADESH
1
DIPLOMA IN CHEMICAL ENGINEERING (SUGAR TECHNOLOGY)
CURRICULUM- 2023 (C-23)
INDEX
S.No Contents Page No.
1. Preamble 3
2. Highlights of Curriculum (C-23) 5
3. Acknowledgements 5
4. Rules and Regulations 6
5. Vision and Mission 21
6. Scheme of Instructions and Examinations – I Year 22
7. Scheme of Instructions and Examinations -III Sem 23
8. Scheme of Instructions and Examinations- IV Sem 24
9. Scheme of Instructions and Examinations -V Sem 25
10. Scheme of Instructions and Examinations -VI Sem 26
11. I Year Syllabus 28
12. III Sem Syllabus 89
13. IV Sem Syllabus 122
14. V Sem Syllabus 157
15 VI Sem Syllabus 190
2
PREAMBLE
Technical Education is a key driver of economic development and plays a crucial role in
providing individuals with the skills and knowledge necessary to thrive in the workplace.
As technological advancements continue to reshape industries and create new
opportunities, it is critical that technical education curricula remain relevant and up-to-date.
The curriculum has been designed with this in mind, with a focus on practical skills,
critical thinking, and problem-solving. We believe that these skills are essential for success in
both academic and professional spheres. The revamping of the technical education
curriculum is made with collaborative effort from educators, industry experts, policymakers,
and students.
At the heart of the curriculum, is the belief that the technical education should be
student-centered, empowering learners to take ownership of their learning and pursue their
passions. We aim to create a learning environment that is safe, supportive, and nurturing,
where every student has the opportunity to reach their fullest potential. We acknowledge
that learning is a lifelong journey, and our curriculum is designed to provide a solid
foundation for continued growth and development. We hope that our students will not only
leave with a diploma but with employability and passion for learning.
The State Board of Technical Education and Training, (SBTET) AP, has been offering
Diploma programmes to meet the above said aspirations of the stake holders: industries,
students, academia, parents and the society at large. The Curriculum should be flexible,
adaptable, and responsive to the changing needs of the industry and society.As such, it
has been the practice of SBTET, A.P., to keep the curriculum abreast with the advances in
technology through systematic and scientific analysis of current curriculum and bring out an
updated revised version at regular intervals.
The design of Curriculum C-23was started in the month of January - 2023. Feedback
was collected from all stake holders: Students, Lecturers, Senior Lecturers, Head of Sections
and Principals for all programmes for this purpose. Accordingly, aworkshop was convened
on 15th February 2023by Smt. C. Naga Rani, I.A.S, Director of Technical Education &
Chairperson, SBTET, AP to discuss on revamping of C-20 curriculum to meet the needs of
industries and for improvement of placements.
The meeting was attended by Sri. Saurab Gaur,I.A.S, Principal Secretary, Skill
Development & Training, Smt. LavanyaVeni, I.A.S, Director, Employment & Training.
Thirteen Representatives from Industries and Fourteen Academicians from Higher Level
Institutions and officials of ITI, Skill Development, CTE&SBTET attended the workshop.
Smt. C Naga Rani, I.A.S., Commissioner of Technical Education while addressing in

the workshop, emphasized the necessity of industrial training and on-hand experience, that
the students need to undergo to support the industries and the Gaps in the Curriculum need
to be fixed to make the students passionate to work in the industry in order to support
economy of the country.
3
The committees of each branch consisting of experts from Industries, Higher Level
Institutions and Faculty of Polytechnics are informed to study the possibility of
incorporating the following aspects while preparation of the curriculum so as to improve
employability.
• To bring out industry oriented Diploma Engineers.
• Internet of Things ( IoT) for all branches
• Theoretical & Practical subjects 50: 50 Ratio
• Industry 4.0 concepts.
• 5G Technology.
• Critical Thinking (Quantitative Aptitude, Data Interpretation, Quantitative
reasoning etc) to face the written tests conducted by the industries during
placements.
• Dynamic, Student centric to suit the needs of the industry.
In continuation, series of workshops with subject experts followed in the subsequent

weeks for thorough perusal for preparation of draft curriculum. Also, the suggestions
received from representatives from various industries, academic experts from higher level
institutions, subject experts from Polytechnics, have been recorded, validated for
incorporation into the Curriculum C-23.Finally, the draft curriculum was sent to
academicians of higher-level institutions, industrial experts for Vetting.
The design of new Curricula C-23 for different diploma programmes has thus been
finalised with the active participation of the members of the faculty teaching in the
Polytechnics of Andhra Pradesh, and duly reviewed by Expert Committee constituted of
academicians and representatives from industries. Thus, the primary objective of the
curriculum change is to produce employable diploma holders in the country by correlating
the growing needs of the industries with relevant academic input.
The outcome-based approach as given by NBA guidelines has been followed

throughout the design of this curriculum and designed to meet the requirements of NBA
Accreditation, too.
The Revised Curriculum i.e., Curriculum–2023 (C-23) is approved by 45th

Academic Committee of SBTET, A.P for its implementation with effect from Academic
Year 2023-24. Also, the SBTET, A.P under the aegis of the Department of Technical
Education, Andhra Pradesh in it’s 62nd Board Meeting held on 13-07-2023 (vide item no:
17) Approved to update the Polytechnic Curriculum C-23 with effect from the academic
year 2023-2024 onwards after revamping the present C-20 curriculum, to meet the latest
industrial technological developments including Industry 4.0 concepts.
4
2. HIGHLIGHTS OF CURRICULUM C-23
The following Courses / Topics are incorporated in this curriculum C-23 as per the
suggestions received from industrial Experts, Faculty of Higher-Level Institutions and
Polytechnics to improve the Employability Skills of the Polytechnic Students
1. Introduced new lab-CAD PRACTICE for 2D Modelling, 3D Modelling for simulation

of ‘Fluid Mechanics’, ‘mass transfer’ and ‘Heat Transfer’ operations.
2. Introduced recent updated technology used for the waste water/ Effluent
Management in sugar Industries.
3. Bifurcated the fluid mechanics and heat transfer subjects into 1. fluid mechanics 2.
heat transfer. Incorporated newer techniques in the syllabus of ‘Fluid Mechanics’ and
‘Heat Transfer’.
4. Working and operation of Continuous type of equipment introduced in sugar
industries
5. Modern materials of construction for various process equipment and storage
vessels
6. Activity based Teaching – Learning Process in each semester
3. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The Members of the working group are grateful to Smt C. Naga Rani I.A.S.,
Commissioner of Technical Education & Chairman of SBTET, for continuous guidance and
valuable inputs during process of revising, modifying and updating the Curriculum C-20 to
Curriculum C-23.
We are grateful to Sri. S. Suresh Kumar, I.A.S, Principal Secretary, Skills

Development & Training for his valuable suggestions to bring the revamped curriculum C-
23 in to a final form to meet latest Industry 4.0 concepts.
We are grateful to Sri. Saurab Gaur,I.A.S, former Principal Secretary, Skills

Development & Training who actively participated in the Industry-Academia workshop
conducted on 15th February, 2023 and offered valuable suggestions and insights into the
learning needs and preferences so that the curriculum is engaging, inclusive, and effective.
It is pertinent to acknowledge the support of the following in the making of

Curriculum C-23. A series of workshops in different phases were conducted by SBTET, AP,
Guntur involving faculty from Polytechnics, Premier Engineering Colleges& representatives
from various Industries and Dr. C. R. Nagendra Rao, Professor & Head, NITTTR-ECV to
analyse the Previous C-20 Curriculum and in designing of C-23 Curriculum, is highly
appreciated and gratefully acknowledged.
We also extend our sincere thanks to Sri. V. Padma Rao, Joint Director of Technical
Education, Sri K.V. RamanaBabu, Secretary, SBTE&T, Andhra Pradesh, Sri K. VijayaBhaskar,
Deputy Director (Academic) , Andhra Pradesh, officials of Directorate of Technical
Education and the State Board of Technical Education, Andhra Pradesh and all teaching
fraternity from the Polytechnics who are directly or indirectly involved in preparation of the
curricula.
5
4. RULES AND REGULATIONS OF C-23 CURRICULUM
4.1 Duration and pattern of the courses
All the Diploma programs run at various institutions are of AICTE approved 3 years
or 3½ years duration of academic instruction. All the Diploma courses are run on year wise
pattern in the first year, and the remaining two or two & half years are run in the semester
pattern. In respect of few courses like Diploma in Bio-Medical course, the training will be in
the seventh semester. Run-through system is adopted for all the Diploma Courses, subject
to eligibility conditions.
4.2 Procedure for Admission into the Diploma Courses:
Selection of candidates is governed by the Rules and Regulations laid down in this
regard from time to time.
a) Candidates who wish to seek admission in any of the Diploma courses will have to
appear for the Common Entrance Test for admissions into Polytechnics (POLYCET)
conducted by the State Board of Technical Education and Training, Andhra Pradesh,
Vijayawada.Only the candidates satisfying the following requirements will be eligible to
appear for the Common Entrance Test for admissions into Polytechnics (POLYCET).
a. The candidates seeking admission should have appeared for S.S.C examination,
conducted by the Board of Secondary Education, Andhra Pradesh or equivalent
examination thereto, at the time of applying for the Common Entrance Test for
admissions into Polytechnics (POLYCET). In case of candidates whose results of
their Qualifying Examinations is pending, their selection shall be subject to
production of proof of their passing the qualifying examination in one attempt or
compartmentally at the time of admission.
b. Admissions are made based on the merit obtained in the Common Entrance Test
(POLYCET) and the reservation rules stipulated by the Government of Andhra
Pradesh from time to time.
c. For admission into the following Diploma Courses for which entry qualification
is 10+2, candidates need not appear for POLYCET. A separate notification will be
issued for admission into these courses.
i). D.HMCT ii).D. Pharmacy
4.3 Medium of Instruction
The medium of instruction and examination shall be English.
4.4 Permanent Identification Number (PIN)
A cumulative / academic record is to be maintained of the Marks secured in

sessional work and end examination of each year for determining the eligibility for
promotion etc., A Permanent Identification Number (PIN) will be allotted to each
admitted candidate to maintain academic records.
4.5 Number of Working Days Per Semester / Year:

a) The Academic year for all the Courses shall be in accordance with the Academic
Calendar.
b) The Working days in a week shall be from Monday to Saturday
c) There shall be 7 periods of 50 minutes duration each on all working days.
6
d) The minimum number of working days for each semester / year shall be 90 / 180
days excluding examination days. If this prescribed minimum is not achieved
due to any reason, special arrangements shall be made to conduct classes to
complete the syllabus.
4.6 Eligibility (Attendance to Appear for the End Examination)
a) A candidate shall be permitted to appear for the end examination in all

subjects, if he or she has attended a minimum of 75% of working days during the
year/Semester.
b) Condonation of shortage of attendance in aggregate up to 10% (65% and
above and below 75%) in each semester or 1st year may be granted on medical
grounds.
c) A stipulated fee shall be payable towards condonation for shortage of
attendance.
d) Candidates having less than 65% attendance shall be detained.
e) Students whose shortage of attendance is not condoned in any semester / 1st
year and not paid the condonation fee in time are not eligible to take their end
examination of that class and their admissions shall stand cancelled. They may seek
re-admission for that semester / 1st year when offered in the next subsequent
academic semester/year.
For INDUSTRIAL TRAINING:

i) During Industrial Training the candidate shall put in a minimum of 90%
attendance.
ii) If the student fails to secure 90% attendance during industrial training,the student
shall reappear for 6 months industrial training at his own expenses.
4.7 Readmission
Readmission shall be granted to eligible candidates by the respective

Principal/ Regional Joint Director.
a) (i) Within 15 days after commencement of class work in any semester (Except
Industrial Training).
(ii) For Industrial Training: before commencement of the Industrial training.
b) Within 30 days after commencement of class work in any year (including D.
Pharmacy course or first year course in Engineering and Non-Engineering
Diploma streams). Otherwise, such cases shall not be considered for readmission
for that semester / year and are advised to seek readmission in the next
subsequent eligible academic year.
c) The percentage of attendance of the readmitted candidates shall be calculated
from the first day of beginning of the regular class work for that year / Semester,
as officially announced by CTE/SBTET but not from the day on which he/she
has actually reported to the class work.
4.8 Scheme of Evaluation
a) First Year
Theory Courses:Each Course carries Maximum marks of 80 with an end
examination of 3 hours duration, along with internal assessment for Maximum
7
of 20 marks. (Sessional marks). However, there are no minimum marks
prescribed for sessionals.
Laboratory Courses:There shall be 40/20 Marks for internal assessment i.e.

sessional marks for each practical Course with an end examination of 3 hours
duration carrying 60/30 marks. However, there are no minimum marks
prescribed for sessional.
b) III, IV, V, VI and VII Semesters:
Theory Courses: End semester evaluation shall be of 3 hours duration and for a
maximum of 80 marks.
Laboratory Courses: Each Course carry 60/30 marks of 3hours duration 40/20
sessional marks.
4.9 Internal Assessment Scheme

a) Theory Courses:Internal assessment shall be conducted for awarding Sessional
marks on the dates specified. Three-unit tests shall be conducted for I year
students and two Unit Tests for semesters. The details are presented below.
Type of Assessment Weightage

S. Assigned
No.
(i) Testing of knowledge through mid-examination for 40
year/sem as (Mid-1+Mid-2+Mid3) or (Mid-1 + Mid-2)
(ii) Assignments 5
(iii) Dynamic Learning activities : Project Work/ Seminar/Tech-
fest/Group Discussion, Quizzes etc./Extra-curricular 5
activities/NSS/NCC/ IPSGM/Cleaning & Greening of Campus
etc.
TOTAL 50
Internal Assessment shall be of 90 minutes duration and for a maximum of 40

marks for each test.
At least one assignment should be completed for each unit which carries 10 marks.
The total assignment marks should be reduced to 5.
The dynamic learning activity is to be conducted which carries 10 marks. The total
marks should be reduced to 5.
The total 50 marks assigned to internal assignment is to be scaled down to 20

marks.
b) Practical Courses:
(i) Drawing Courses:
The award of Sessional marks for internal Assessment shall be as given in the
following table:
Distribution of Marks for the Internal Assessment Marks

First Year (Total:40 Marks) Semesters (Total:40 Marks)
8
Max:20 Marks Max:20 Marks Max:20 Marks Max:20 Marks
From the From the Average of From the Average of From the Average of
Average of Assessment of Regular TWO Unit Tests. Assessment of Regular
THREE Unit Class work Exercises. Class work Exercises.
Tests.
➢ For first year engineering drawing each unit test will be conducted for a duration
of 2 hours with maximum marks of 40.
➢ (Part - A: 4 questions x 5 marks = 20 Marks; Part –B: 2 questions x 10 marks = 20

marks).
➢ For the semester drawing examinations, Two Unit tests shall be conducted as per
the Board End Examination Question Paper Pattern.
➢ All Drawing exercises are to be filed in serial order and secured for further
scrutiny by a competent authority
(ii) Laboratory Courses:
(a) Student’s performance in Laboratories / Workshop shall be assessed during

the year/ semester of study for 40 marks in each practical Course.
(b) Evaluation for Laboratory Courses, other than Drawing courses:
i. Instruction (teaching) in laboratory courses (except for the course on
Drawing) here after shall be task/competency based as delineated in the
Laboratory sheets, prepared by SBTET, AP & NITTTR- ECV and posted in
SBTET website.
ii. Internal assessment for Laboratory shall be done on the basis of task/s
performed by the student as delineated in the laboratory sheets, prepared by
SBTET, AP & NITTTR- ECV and posted in AP, SBTET website.
iii. Question paper for End semester Evaluation shall also be task/s based and
shall be prepared and distributed by SBTET as done in case of theory courses
be prepared as per SBTET rules in vogue.
c) Internal assessment in Labs / workshops / Survey field work etc., during the
courseof study shall be done and sessional marks shall be awarded by the
concerned Teacher.
d) For practical examinations, except in drawing, there shall be two examiners.
External examiner shall be appointed by the Principal in consultation with
respective Head of Section preferably choosing a qualified person from in the
order of preference.
i) Nearby Industry
ii) Govt / Semi Govt organization like R & B, PWD, PR, Railways, BSNL,
APSRTC, APSEB etc.
iii) Govt / University Engg College.
iv) HoD/Senior Lecture ( Selection Grade-II) from the Govt.Polytechnic
Internal examiner shall be the person concerned with internal assessment as in
(c) above. The end examination shall be held along with all theory papers in
respect of drawing.
e) Question Paper for Practicals: Question paper should cover ( the experiments /
exercise prescribed to test various) skills like handling, manipulating, testing,
9
trouble shooting, repair, assembling and dismantling etc., from more than one
experiment / exercise
f) Records pertaining to internal assessment marks of both theory and practical
Courses are to be maintained for official inspection.
g) In case of Diploma programs having Industrial Training, Internal Assessment and

Summative Evaluation, shall be done as illustrated in the following table:
Upon
Assessment Max
completion By Based on
no Marks
of
1.The faculty
concerned (Guide) Learning outcomes as
1 12 weeks 120
and given in the scheme of
2. Training in assessment ,for
charge (Mentor) of Industrial Training
22 weeks 120
2 the industry
1.Demonstration of any
1.The faculty one of the skills listed in
member learning outcomes 30
3. Final
concerned, 2.Training Report 20
summative 24 week
2.HoD concerned
Evaluation
and
3.Viva Voce
3.An external
examiner 10
TOTAL 300
h) Each staff member including Head of Section shall be assigned a batch of students
10 to 15 for making assessment during industrial training.
4.10 Minimum Pass Marks

a) Theory Examination:
For passing a theory Course, a candidate has to secure a minimum of 35% in end
examination and a combined minimum of 35% of both Sessional and end
examination marks put together.
b) Practical Examination:
For passing a practical Course, a candidate has to secure a minimum of 50% in end
examination and a combined minimum of 50% of both sessional and practical end
examination marks put together. In case of D.C.C.P., the pass mark for typewriting
and short hand is 45% in the end examination. There are no sessional marks for
typewriting and Shorthand Courses of D.C.C.P course.
C) Industrial Training:
I. Monitoring: Similar to project work each teacher may be assigned a batch of
10-15 students irrespective of the placement of the students to facilitate
effective monitoring of students learning during industrial training.
10
II. Assessment: The Industrial training shall carry 300 marks and pass marks is
50% in assessments at industry (first and second assessment) and final
summative assessment at institution level put together i.e. 150 marks out of
300 marks. And also student has to secure 50% marks in final summative
assessment at institution level.
III. In-Plant Industrial Training for 3-Year Diploma (C-23) Courses is
scheduled as per the Academic Calendar of the SBTET every year.
4.11. Provision for Improvement
Improvement is allowed only after he / she has completed all the Courses from First
Year to Final semester of the Diploma.
a) Improvement is allowed in any 4 (Four) Courses of the Diploma.
b) The student can avail of this improvement chance ONLY ONCE, that too within the
succeeding two examinations after the completion of Diploma. However, the
duration including Improvement examination shall not exceed FIVE years from the
year of first admission.
c) No improvement is allowed in Practical / Lab Courses or Project work or Industrial
Training assessment. However, improvement in drawing Course(s) is allowed.
d) If improvement is not achieved, the marks obtained in previous Examinations hold
good.
e) Improvement is not allowed in respect of the candidates who are punished under
Mal-practice in any Examination.
f) Examination fee for improvement shall be paid as per the notification issued by State
Board of Technical Education and Training from time to time.
g) All the candidates who wish to appear for improvement of performance shall
deposit the original Marks Memos of all the years / Semesters and also original
Diploma Certificate to the Board. If there is improvement in performance of the
current examination, the revised Memorandum of marks and Original Diploma
Certificate will be issued, else the submitted originals will be returned.
4.12. RulesofPromotion From 1ST YEAR TO 3rd,4th,5th, 6th and 7th Semesters:
A) For Diploma Courses of 3 Years duration

i). A candidate shall be permitted to appear for first year examination provided he
/ she puts in 75% attendance (which can be condoned on Medical grounds up to
10%) and pay the examination fee.
ii) A candidate shall be promoted to 3rd semester if he/she puts the required
percentage of attendance in the first year and pays the examination fee. A
candidate who could not pay the first year examination fee has to pay the
promotion fee as prescribed by State Board of Technical Education and Training,
AP from time to time before commencement of 3rd semester.
A candidate is eligible to appear for the 3rd semester examination if he/she puts
the required percentage of attendance in the 3rd semester andpays the
examination fee.
iii) A candidate shall be promoted to 4th semester provided he/she puts the
required percentage of attendance in the 3rd semester and pay the examination
11
fee. A candidate, who could not pay the 3rd semester exam fee, has to pay the
promotion fee as prescribed by State Board of Technical Education and Training
AP from time to time before commencement of 4th semester.A candidate is
eligible to appear for the 4th semester examination if he/she puts the required
percentage of attendance in the 4th semester andpays the examination fee.
iv) A candidate shall be promoted to 5th semester provided he / she puts the
required percentage of attendance in the 4th semester and pays the examination
fee. A candidate, who could not pay the 4th semester examination fee, has to pay
the promotion fee as prescribed by State Board of Technical Education and
Training from time to time before commencement of 5th semester.
A candidate is eligible to appear for the 5th semester examination if he/she puts
the required percentage of attendance in the 5thsemester and pays the
examination fee.
v) A candidate shall be sent to Industrial training / VI semester provided he/she

puts in the required percentage of attendance in the 5th semester and pay the
examination fee/ promotion fee as prescribed by SBTET.
A candidate is eligible to appear for Industrial Training assessment
(Seminar/Viva-voce) puts the required percentage of attendance, i.e., 90% in 6th
semester Industrial Training.
For IVC & ITI Lateral Entry students:
i.) A candidate shall be permitted to appear for Third Semester examination

provided he / she puts in 75% attendance (which can be condoned on Medical
grounds up to 10%) and pay the examination fee for Third semester.
ii) A candidate shall be promoted to 4th semester provided he/she puts the
required percentage of attendance in the 3rd semester and pay the examination
fee. A candidate, who could not pay the 3rd semester exam fee, has to pay the
AP from time to time before commencement of 4th semester.
the required percentage of attendance in the 4th semester and pays the
examination fee.
ii) A candidate shall be promoted to 5th semester provided he / she puts the
the required percentage of attendance in the 5th semester and pays the
examination fee.
12
iii) A candidate shall be sent to Industrial training / VI semester provided he/she
puts in the required percentage of attendance in the 5th semester and pay the
examination fee/ promotion fee as prescribed by SBTET.
A candidate is eligible to appear for Industrial Training assessment
(Seminar/Viva-voce) puts the required percentage of attendance, i.e., 90% in 6th
semester Industrial Training and pays the examination fee.
B) For Diploma Courses of 3 ½ Years duration (MET/ CH/ CHPP/ CHPC/ CHOT/ TT ):
i. A candidate shall be permitted to appear for 1st year examination provided he /
she puts in 75% attendance (which can be condoned on Medical grounds upto
10%) i.e. attendance after condonation on Medical grounds should not be less
than 65% and pay the examination fee.
ii. A candidate shall be promoted to 3rd semester if he/she puts the required
percentage of attendance in the 1st year and pays the examination fee. A
candidate who could not pay the 1st year examination fee has to pay the
from time to time before commencement of 3rd semester.
iii. A candidate shall be promoted to 4th semester provided he/she puts the required
percentage of attendance in the 3rd semester and pay the examination fee. A
candidate, who could not pay the 3rd semester exam fee, has to pay the
from time to time before commencement of 4th semester.
A candidate is eligible to appear for the 4th semester exam if he/she puts the
required percentage of attendance in the 4th semester
a) Puts the required percentage of attendance in the 4th semester

iv. A candidate shall be promoted to 5th semester industrial training provided he /
she puts the required percentage of attendance in the 4th semester and pays the
examination fee. A candidate, who could not pay the 4th semester examination
fee, has to pay the promotion fee as prescribed by State Board of Technical
Education and Training from time to time before commencement of 5th semester.
v. Promotion from 5th to 6th semester is automatic (i.e., from 1st spell of Industrial
Training to 2nd spell) provided he/she puts the required percentage of
attendance, which in this case ie.,90 % of attendance and attends for the VIVA-
VOCE examination at the end of training.
vi. A candidate shall be promoted to 7th semester provided he / she puts the
vii. A candidate shall be promoted to 7th semester of the course provided he/she has
successfully completed both the spells of Industrial Training.
A candidate is eligible to appear for 7th semester examination if he/she
a) Puts in the required percentage of attendance in the 7th semester
a) Puts in the required percentage of attendance in the 7thsemester .
C) For Diploma Courses of 3 ½ Years duration (BM):
13
The same rules which are applicable for conventional courses also apply for this
course. The industrial training in respect of this course is restricted to one semester (6
months) after the 6th semester (3 years) of the course.
i. A candidate shall be permitted to appear for first year examination provided
he / she puts in 75% attendance (which can be condoned on Medical grounds
upto 10%) i.e. attendance after condonation on Medical grounds should not
be less than 65% and pay the examination fee.
ii. A candidate shall be promoted to 3rd semester if he/she puts the required
percentage of attendance in the first year and pays the examination fee. A
candidate who could not pay the first year examination fee has to pay the
promotion fee as prescribed by State Board of Technical Education and
Training from time to time before commencement of 3rd semester.
iii. A candidate shall be promoted to 4th semester provided he/she puts the
required percentage of attendance in the 3rd semester and pay the
examination fee. A candidate who could not pay the 3rd semester
examination fee, has to pay the promotion fee as prescribed by State Board of
Technical Education and Training from time to time before commencement of
4th semester.
A candidate is eligible to appear for the 4th semester examination if he/she
a) Puts in the required percentage of attendance in the 4th semester
For IVC & ITI Lateral Entry Students:
A candidate is eligible to appear for the 4th semester examination if he/she

puts the required percentage of attendance in the 4th semester
iv. A candidate shall be promoted to 5th semester provided he / she puts the
required percentage of attendance in the 4th semester and pays the
examination fee. A candidate, who could not pay the 4th semester
examination fee, has to pay the promotion fee as prescribed by State Board of
Technical Education and Training from time to time before commencement of
5th semester.
A candidate is eligible to appear for the 5th semester exam if he/she
a) Puts in the required percentage of attendance in the 5th semester.
a) Puts in the required percentage of attendance in the 5th semester.

v. A candidate shall be promoted to 6th semester provided he/she puts in the
required percentage of attendance in the 5th semester and pays the
examination fee.
A candidate who could not pay the 5th semester examination fee, has to pay
A candidate is eligible to appear for 6th semester examination
a) Puts in the required percentage of attendance in 6th semester
IVC & ITI Lateral Entry students:
a) Puts in the required percentage of attendance in 6th semester.
14
vi. A candidate shall be promoted to 7th semester provided he/she puts in the
required percentage of attendance in 6th semester and pay the examination
fee. A candidate, who could not pay the 6th semester examination fee, has to
pay the promotion fee prescribed by SBTET from time to time before
commencement of the 7th semester (Industrial Training).
A candidate is eligible to appear for 7th semester Industrial Training assessment
(Seminar/Viva-voce) if he/she
a) Puts in the required percentage of attendance, ie., 90% in 7th semester
Industrial Training.
a) Puts in the required percentage of attendance, i.e., 90% in 7th semester

Industrial Training.
4.13. Students Performance Evaluation
Successful candidates shall be awarded the Diploma under the following divisions of
pass.
a) First Class with Distinction shall be awarded to the candidates who secure an overall
aggregate of 75% marks and above.
b) First Class shall be awarded to candidates who secure overall aggregate of 60%
marks and above and below 75% marks.
c) Second Class shall be awarded to candidates who secure a pass with an overall
aggregate of below 60%.
i. The Weightage of marks for various year/Semesters which are taken for
computing overall aggregate shall be 25% of I year marks + 100% of 3rd and
subsequent Semesters.
ii. In respect IVC & ITI Lateral Entry candidates who are admitted directly into
diploma course at the 3rd semester (i.e., second year) level the aggregate of
(100%) marks secured at the 3rd and subsequent semesters of study shall be
taken into consideration for determining the overall percentage of marks
secured by the candidates for award of class/division.
d) Second Class shall be awarded to all students, who fail to complete the Diploma in
the regular 3 years/ 3 ½ years and four subsequent examinations from the year of
first admission.
4.14. EXAMINATION FEE SCHEDULE:

The examination fee should be as per the notification issued by State Board of
Technical Education and Training, AP from time to time.
4.15. Structure of Examination Question Paper:

I. Formative assessment (Internal examination)
a) For theory Courses:
Three-unit tests for first year and two-unit tests for semesters shall be conducted
with a duration of 90 minutes for each test for maximum marks of 40. It consists of
part A and Part B.
Part A contains five questions and carries 16 marks. Among these five questions
first question consists of four objective items like one word or phrase
15
answer/filling-in the blanks/true or false etc with one mark for each question.
The other four questions are short answer questions and carry three marks each.
Part B carries 24 marks and consists of three questions with internal choice ie.,
Either/Or type , and each question carries 8 marks.
The sum of marks of 3 tests for I year and 2 tests for semesters including
assignments and Dynamic learning activities (50 marks) shall be reduced to 20
marks in each Course for arriving at final sessional marks.
b) For drawing Courses:

For I year:
Three-unit tests with duration of 90 minutes and for maximum marks of 40 marks
shall be conducted for first year. It consists of part A and Part B.
Part A consists four questions for maximum marks of 16 and each question carries
four marks (4×4 marks=16 marks).
Part B carries maximum marks of 24 and consists of five questions while the
student shall answer any three questions out of these five questions. Each
question in this part carries a maximum mark of 8, (3×8 marks=24 marks).
The sum of marks obtained in 3-unit test marks shall be reduced to 20 marks for
arriving at final sessional marks. Remaining 20 marks are awarded by the Course
teacher based on the student’s performance during regular class exercise.
For semester:Two-unit tests with duration of 90 minutes and for maximum marks
of 40 marks shall be conducted. The sum of marks obtained in 2-unit test marks
shall be reduced to 20 marks for arriving at final sessional marks. Remaining 20
marks are awarded by the Course teacher based on the student’s performance
during regular class exercise.
c) For Laboratory /workshop: 50% of total marks for the Course shall be awarded
based on continuous assessment of the student in laboratory/workshop classes and
the remaining 50% shall be based on the sum of the marks obtained by the students
in two tests.
II. Summative assessment (End examination)
The question paper for theory examination is patterned in such a manner that the
Weightage of periods/marks allotted for each of the topics for a particular Course be
considered. End Examination paper is of 3 hours duration.
a) Each theory paper consists of Section ‘A’ and ‘B’

Section ‘A’ with Max marks of 30, contains 10 short answer questions. All
questions are to be answered and each carry 3 marks, i.e., 10 x 3 = 30.
Section ‘B’ with Max marks of 50contains 8 essay type questions. Only 5
questions are to be answered and each carry 10 marks, i.e., Max. Marks: 5 x 10 =
50.
16
Thus, the total marks for theory examination shall be: 80.
b) For Engineering Drawing Course (107) consist of section ‘A’ and section ‘B’.
Section ‘A’ with max marks of 20, contains four (4) questions. All questions in
section ‘A’ are to be answered to the scale and each carries 5 marks, ie. 4 x 5=20.
Section ‘B’ with max marks of 40, contains six (6) questions. The student shall
answer any four (4) questions out of the above six questions and each question
carries 10 Marks, i.e., 4 x 10 = 40.
c) Practical Examinations
For Workshop practice and Laboratory Examinations, Each student has to pick
up a question paper distributed by Lottery System.
Max. Marks for an experiment / exercise : 50
Max. Marks for VIVA-VOCE : 10
Total Max. Marks : 60
In case of practical examinations with 50 marks, the marks shall be distributed as
Max. Marks for an experiment / exercise : 25
Max. Marks for VIVA-VOCE : 05
Total Max. Marks : 30
In case of any change in the pattern of question paper, the same shall be informed
sufficiently in advance to the candidates.
d) Note: Evaluation for Laboratory Courses, other than Drawing courses:
I. Instruction (teaching) in laboratory courses (except for the course on

Drawing) hereafter shall be task/competency based as delineated in the
Laboratory sheets, prepared by SBTET, AP and posted in its website.
II. Internal assessment for Laboratory shall be done on basis of task/s
performed by the student as delineated in the laboratory sheets,
prepared by SBTET, AP and posted in its website.
III. Question paper for End semester Evaluation shall be prepared as per
SBTET rules in vogue.
4.16. ISSUE OF MEMORONDUM OF MARKS

All candidates who appear for the end examination will be issued memorandum of
marks without any payment of fee. However candidates who lose the original
memorandum of marks have to pay the prescribed fee to the Secretary, State Board
of Technical Education and Training, A.P. for each duplicate memo from time to
time.
4.17. MAXIMUM PERIOD FOR COMPLETION OF DIPLOMA PROGRAMMES:

Maximum period for completion of the diploma courses is twice the duration of the
course from the date of First admission (includes the period of detention and
discontinuation of studies by student etc) failing which they will have to forfeit the
claim for qualifying for the award of Diploma (They will not be permitted to appear
for examinations after that date). This rule applies for all Diploma courses of 3 years
and 3 ½ years of engineering and non-engineering courses.
17
4.18. ELIGIBILITY FOR AWARD OF DIPLOMA
A candidate is eligible for award of Diploma Certificate if he / she fulfil the

following academic regulations.
i. He / She pursued a course of study for not less than 3 / 3 ½ academic years &
not more than 6 / 7 academic years.
ii. He / she have completed all the Courses.
Students who fail to fulfil all the academic requirements for the award of the
Diploma within 6 / 7 academic years from the year of admission shall forfeit
their seat in the course & their seat shall stand cancelled.
i. He / She pursued a course of study for not less than 2 / 2 ½ academic years &
not more than 4 / 5 academic years.
ii. He / she has completed all the Courses.
Students who fail to fulfil all the academic requirements for the award of the
Diploma within 4 / 5 academic years from the year of admission shall forfeit
their seat in the course & their seat shall stand cancelled.
4.19. ISSUE OF PHOTO COPY OF VALUED ANSWER SCRIPT, RECOUNTING&

REVERIFICATION:
A) FOR ISSUE OF PHOTO COPIES OF VALUED ANSWER SCRIPTS

I. A candidate desirous of applying for Photo copy of valued answer script/s
should apply within prescribed date from the date of the declaration of the
result.
II. Photo copies of valued answer scripts will be issued to all theory Courses and
Drawing Course(s).
III. The Photo copy of valued answer script will be dispatched to the concerned
candidate’s address as mentioned in the application form by post.
IV. No application can be entertained from third parties.
B) FOR RE-COUNTING(RC) and RE-VERIFICATION(RV) OF THE VALUED

ANSWER SCRIPT
i. A candidate desirous of applying for Re-verification of valued answer script
should apply within prescribed date from the date of the declaration of the
result.
ii. Re-verification of valued answer script shall be done for all theory Courses’
and Drawing Course(s).
iii. The Re-verification committee constituted by the Secretary, SBTETAP with
Course experts shall re-verify the answer scripts.
I. RE-COUNTING
The Officer of SBTET will verify the marks posted and recount them
in the already valued answer script. The variations if any will be recorded
separately, without making any changes on the already valued answer script.
The marks awarded in the original answer script are maintained (hidden).
18
II. RE-VERIFICATION
(i) The Committee has to verify the intactness and genuineness of the
answer script(s) placed for Re-verification.
(ii) Initially single member shall carry out the re-verification.
(iii) On re-verification by single member, if the variation is less than 12%
of maximum marks, and if there is no change in the STATUS in the
result of the candidate, such cases will not be referred to the next level
ie., for 2-Tier evaluation.
(iv) On re-verification by a single member, if the variation is more than
12% of maximum marks, it will be referred to 2-Tier evaluation.
(v) If the 2-Tier evaluation confirms variation in marks as more than 12%
of maximum marks, the variation is considered as follows:
a) If the candidate has already passed and obtains more than 12% of
the maximum marks on Re-verification, then the variation is
considered.
b) If the candidate is failed and obtains more than 12% of the
maximum marks on Re-verification and secured pass marks on re-
verification, then the status of the candidate changes to PASS.
c) If a candidate is failed and obtains more than 12% of the maximum
marks on Re-verification and if the marks secured on re-verification
are still less than the minimum pass marks, the status of the candidate
remain FAIL only.
(vii) After Re-verification of valued answer script the same or change if
any therein on Re-verification, will be communicated to the candidate.
(viii) On Re-verification of Valued Answer Script if the candidate’s marks
are revised, the fee paid by the candidate will be refunded or else the
candidate has to forfeit the fee amount.
Note: No request for Photo copies/ Recounting /Re-verification of valued answer script
would be entertained from a candidate who is reported to have resorted to Malpractice in
that examination.
4.20. Mal Practice Cases:

If any candidate resorts to Mal Practice during examinations, he / she shall be
booked and the Punishment shall be awarded as per SBTETAP rules and regulations
in vogue.
4.21. Discrepancies/ Pleas:

Any Discrepancy /Pleas regarding results etc., shall be represented to the SBTETAP
within one month from the date of issue of results. Thereafter, no such cases shall be
entertained in any manner.
4.22. Issue of Duplicate Diploma
If a candidate loses his/her original Diploma Certificate and desires a duplicate to be

issued he/she should produce written evidence to this effect. He / she may obtain a
duplicate from the Secretary, State Board of Technical Education and Training, A.P.,
on payment of prescribed fee and on production of an affidavit signed before a First
Class Magistrate (Judicial) and non-traceablecertificate from the Department of
Police. In case of damage of original Diploma Certificate, he / she may obtain a
duplicate certificate by surrendering the original damaged certificate on payment of
prescribed fee to the State Board of Technical Education and Training, A.P.
19
In case the candidate cannot collect the original Diploma within 1 year from the date
of issue of the certificate, the candidate has to pay the penalty prescribed by the
SBTET AP from time to time.
4.23. Issue of Migration Certificate and Transcripts:
The Board on payment of prescribed fee will issue these certificates for the
candidates who intend to prosecute Higher Studies in India or Abroad.
4.24.General
i. The Board may change or amend the academic rules and regulations or syllabi at
any time and the changes or amendments made shall be applicable to all the
students, for whom it is intended, with effect from the dates notified by the
competent authority.
ii. All legal matters pertaining to the State Board of Technical Education and
Training, AP are within the jurisdiction of Mangalagiri.
iii. In case of any ambiguity in the interpretation of the above rules, the decision of
the Secretary, SBTET, A.P is final.
20
VISION
To develop a complete chemical process technician trained to be competent, ethical and
professional leader who keeps pace with advanced process technologies with quality control applied
in chemical and allied industries.
MISSION
M1 To impart high quality –job ready diploma program in chemical engineering (sugar technology)
M2 To prepare students for professional career or higher studies
M3 To promote excellence in teaching and industry collaborative activities for fruitful contribution to
society
PROGRAMME OUTCOMES(POs)
1. Basic and discipline specific knowledge: Apply knowledge of basic mathematics, science and
engineering fundamentals and engineering specialization to solve the engineering problems.
2. Problem analysis: Identify and analyze well-defined engineering problems using codified standard
methods.
3. Design / Development of solutions: Design solutions for well-defined technical problems and assist
with the design of systems components or processes to meet specified needs.
4. Engineering tools, Experimentation and Testing: Apply modern engineering tools and appropriate
technique to conduct standard tests and measurements.
5. Engineering practices for society, sustainability and environment: Apply appropriate technology in
context of society, sustainability, environment and ethical practices.
6. Project Management: Use engineering management principles individually, as a team member or a
leader to manage projects and effectively communicate about well-defined engineering activities.
7. Life-long learning: Ability to analyze individual needs and engaging updating in the context of
technological changes.
PROGRAMME SPECIFIC OUTCOMES(PSOs)
1. An ability to understand the concepts of Chemical Engineering and apply them to various Chemical
Engineering industries.
2. An ability to solve complex Chemical engineering problems, using latest analytical skills to arrive
appropriate solutions.
3. Wisdom of social and environmental awareness along with ethical responsibility to have a
successful career in the field of Chemical engineering and sustain passion and zeal for real-world
applications in the field of chemical engineering using optimal resources as an entrepreneur.
21
3 YEAR SANDWICH DIPLOMA COURSE IN
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING (SUGAR TECHNOLOGY)
FIRST YEAR
SCHEME OF INSTRUCTIONS AND EXAMINATION
Instruction
Total Scheme Of Examinations
Periods/Week
Name of the Periods
Sub Code Duratio End
Subject Theor Practical’ Per Sessional Total
n Exam
y s Year Marks Marks
(hrs) Marks
THEORY SUBJECTS
CH-ST-101 English 3 - 90 3 20 80 100
Engineering
CH-ST-102 5 - 150 3 20 80 100
Mathematics-I
Engineering
CH-ST-103 3 - 90 3 20 80 100
Physics
Engineering
Chemistry and
CH-ST-104 3 - 90 3 20 80 100
Environmental
Studies
General
CH-ST-105 Mechanical 5 - 150 3 20 80 100
Engineering
Sugar
CH-ST-106 production 5 - 150 3 20 80
100
Technology
PRACTICAL SUBJECTS
Engineering
CH-ST-107 3 90 3 40 60 100
Drawing -
Workshop
CH-ST-108 - 6 180 3 40 60 100
Practice
Physics
CH-ST-109 - 3 20 30 50
Laboratory
3* 90
Chemistry
CH-ST-110 3 20 30 50
Laboratory -
Computer
CH-ST-111 fundamentals - 3 90 3 40 60 100
lab practice
Students
3 90
Activities
Total 24 18 1260 - 280 720 1000
Note: CHST-101,102,103,104 Common to all branches CHST-107 Common to CHPP/CHPC/CHOT/CH
22
III SEMESTER
Instruction
Periods/Week
Periods
Name of the End
Sub Code Per Duratio
Subject Practical’ Sessional Exam Total
Theory Semeste n
s r Marks Mark Marks
(hrs)
s
THEORY SUBJECTS
Engineering
CH-ST-301
Mathematics-II 4 - 60 3 20 80 100
Physical and
CH-ST-302 Organic
5 - 75 3 20 80 100
chemistry
General
CH-ST-303 Chemical
6 - 90 3 20 80 100
Technology
100
CH-ST-304 Fluid Mechanics 5 3 20 80
- 75
CH-ST-305 Heat Transfer 4 3 20 80 100

- 60
PRACTICAL SUBJECTS
Physical and
Organic
CH-ST-306 chemistry 6 90 3 40 60 100
-
Laboratory
Fluid Mechanics
CH-ST-307 - 3 40 60 100
Laboratory 3 45
Heat Transfer
CH-ST-308 - 3 45 3 40 60 100
Laboratory
General
Chemical 40 60 100
CH-ST-309 - 3 45 3
Technology
Laboratory
Student
- 3 45
Activities
Total 24 18 630 - 260 640 900
CHST-301 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS-II
(Common to AEI/BM/CH/CHOT/CHPP/CHPC/CHST/EC)
23
IV SEMESTER
Instruction
Scheme Of Examinations
Periods/Week Total
Name of the
Sub Code Theory Practical Periods Per End Total
Subject Duration Sectional
Semester Exam Mar
(hrs) Marks
Marks ks
THEORY SUBJECTS
Electrical
CH-ST-401 Technology
5 - 75 3 20 80 100
Mass and
Energy
CH-ST-402
Balances 5 - 75 3 20 80 100
Mechanical
CH-ST-403
Unit Operations 5 - 75 3 20 80 100
Sugar Cane
CH-ST-404 Agriculture 5 - 75 3 100
20 80
Sugar
Technology
CH-ST-405 4 - 60 3 100
Chemical 20 80
Control
PRACTICAL SUBJECTS
Electrical
CH-ST-406 Technology 3 45
- 3 40 60 100
Laboratory
CH-ST-407 CAD practice - 3 45 3 40 60 100
Communication
CH-ST-408 3 45
skills - 3 40 60 100
Mechanical
CH-ST-409 Unit Operations 3 45
- 3 40 60 100
Laboratory
Sugar
Technology
Chemical
CH-ST-410 - 3 45
Control 3 40 60 100
Laboratory
Student
- 3 45
Activities
Total 24 18 630 - 300 700 1000
24
V SEMESTER
Instruction
Scheme of examination
Periods/Week
Total End
Name of the
Sub code periods exa
subject Practical’ Duratio Sessiona Total
Theory / year m
s n l marks marks
mar
ks
THEORY SUBJECTS
CH-ST-501 Industrial 80 100
Management and 60 3 20
4 -
Entrepreneurship
CH-ST-502 Thermo dynamics 80 100
and Reaction 5 - 75 3 20
Engineering
CH-ST-503 Mass Transfer 80 100
5 - 75 3
Operations 20
CH-ST-504 Sugar Equipment
Capacity 75
5 - 3 20 80 100
Calculations
CH-ST-505 By Products And
75 20
Pollution Control 5 - 3 80 100
PRACTICALS
CH-ST-506 Sugar Equipment 100
drawing and - 3 45 3 40 60
plant lay out
CH-ST-507 Mass transfer 100
Operations - 3 45 3 40 60
Laboratory
CH-ST-508 Life skills 100
- 3 45 3
40 60
CH-ST-509 Sugar 45 60 100
Technology - 3 3 40
Laboratory
CH-ST-510 Project work - 3 45 3 40 60 100
Student 45
- 3
Activities
Total 24 18 630 300 700 1000
Note: CH-ST-508 COMMON TO ALL BRANCHES
25
VI SEMESTER - INDUSTRIAL TRAINING
CH-ST- 601 DURATION: 6 MONTHS
NOTE:
FOR DIPLOMA IN CHEMICAL ENGG. (SUGAR TECHNOLOGY) STUDENTS, THE TRAINING HAVE BEEN MOSTLY
ARRANGED IN SUGAR INDUSTRIES THAT WORKS IN A PARTICULAR SEASON. HENCE THE PERIOD OF
TRAINING WILL BE CHOSEN CONVENIENT TO THE SEASON ONLY. THE DURATION OF TRAINING IS SIX
MONTHS ONLY (ONE SPELL)
26
C-23 3 YEAR SANDWICH DIPLOMA IN CHEMICAL ENGG
(SUGAR TECHNOLOGY)
VI SEMESTER
CH-ST 601
SCHEME OF INSTRUCTION AND EXAMINATION FOR
VI SEMESTER INDUSTRIAL TRAINING
Scheme of examination
S.No. Subject Duration Nature item Max. Remarks
Marks
1. Practical training in a 6 months Viva- 1. First Assessment 120 At the Industry
sugar / Chemical or Voice (at the end of 3rd
Allied Industry month)
1 Second 120 At the Industry
Assessment
(at the end of 6th At the
month) institution
2 Training 30
Report(typed) /
Maintenance of Log Book
(Writing}
20
4. Demonstration of any At the
one of the skill listed in institution
learning out comes in 10
seminar conducted at
institution At the
5.viva voce institution
Total 300
Note:-
1. The Industrial training shall carry 300 marks and pass marks is 50%
2. A Candidate failing to secure the minimum marks should complete it at his own.
3. Expenses in the next academic year. No apprenticeship stipend is payable in such case.
4. During Industrial training the candidate shall put in a minimum of 90% attendance
27
I YEAR
28
CURRICULUM-2023
FIRST YEAR
Instruction
Scheme Of Examinations
Periods/Week Total
Name of the Period End
Sub Code Durati Session
Subject Theor Practical s Per Exam Total
on al
y ’s Year Mark Marks
(hrs) Marks
s
THEORY SUBJECTS
CH-ST-101 English 3 - 90 3 20 80 100
Engineering
CH-ST-102 5 - 150 3 20 80 100
Mathematics-I
Engineering
CH-ST-103 3 - 90 3 20 80 100
Physics
Engineering
Chemistry and
CH-ST-104 3 - 90 3 20 80 100
Environmental
Studies
General
CH-ST-105 Mechanical 5 - 150 3 20 80 100
Engineering
Sugar
CH-ST-106 production 5 - 150 3 20 80
100
Technology
PRACTICAL SUBJECTS
Engineering
CH-ST-107 3 90 3 40 60 100
Drawing -
Workshop
CH-ST-108 - 6 180 3 40 60 100
Practice
Physics
CH-ST-109 - 3 20 30 50
Laboratory
3* 90
Chemistry
CH-ST-110 3 20 30 50
Laboratory -
Computer
CH-ST-111 fundamentals - 3 90 3 40 60 100
lab practice
Students
3 90
Activities
Total 24 18 1260 - 280 720 1000
Note: CHST-101,102,103,104 Common to all branches

CHST-107 Common to CHPP/CHPC/CHOT/CH
29
CURRICULUM: C-23-CHST-101: English
Marks
Course Code Course Title No. of Periods/Week Total No. of Periods for FA Marks for SA
CHST-101 English 3 90 20 80
S. Title of the Unit Periods Weightage No. of Short No. of Mapping of

no allotted of Marks answer Long COs
. questions Answer
questions
1 English for 8 CO1, CO2,
Employability 1 CO3, CO4,
2 CO5
2 Living in 8 16 CO1, CO2,
Harmony CO3, CO4,
CO5
3 Connect with 8 CO1, CO2,
Care 2 CO3, CO4,
26 2 CO5
4 Humour for 8 CO1, CO2,
Happiness CO3, CO4,
CO5
5 Never Ever Give 8 10 1 CO1, CO2,
Up! CO3, CO4,
1 CO5
6 Preserve or 9 CO1, CO2,
Perish CO3, CO4,
23 2 CO5
7 The Rainbow of 8 CO1, CO2,
Diversity 2 CO3, CO4,
CO5
8 New Challenges 8 CO1, CO2,
-Newer Ideas CO3, CO4,
19 1 CO5
9 The End Point 8 1 CO1, CO2,
First CO3, CO4,
CO5
10 The Equal 8 1 CO1, CO2,
Halves CO3, CO4,
16 1 CO5
11 Dealing with 9 1 CO1, CO2,
Disaster CO3, CO4,
CO5
Total 90 110 30 80
30
- To improve grammatical knowledge and enrich vocabulary.
Course
Objectives
- To develop effective reading, writing and speaking skills.
- To comprehend themes related to Personality, Society, Environment to exhibit

Universal Human Values.
CO
Course Outcomes
No.
Apply and use various grammatical rules and concepts to communicate in academic, professional
CO1
and everyday situations
CO2 Use appropriate vocabulary in various contexts.
CO3 Read and comprehend different forms of academic, professional and everyday texts.
CO4 Communicate effectively in speaking and writing in academic, professional and everyday situations.
Display human values by applying the knowledge of themes related to Self, Society, Science and
CO5
Environment for holistic and harmonious living through communication.
CO-PO Matrix
Cour Course Title: English No. of Periods: 90
se Number of Course Outcomes: 5
Code
CHS
T-
101
POs Mapped CO Periods Addressing PO in Column 1 Level of Mapping Remarks
CO No. Number Percentage (1,2,3)
PO1 Not directly Applicable for English course, however, the language activities make use
PO2 of the content from Science and Technology relevant to the programme to enhance
PO3 English communication skills.
PO4
PO5 CO5 16 18% Level 1
Up to 20%: Level 1
PO6 CO1, CO2, 52 58% Level 3 21%-50%: Level 2
CO3, CO4, >50%: Level 3
PO7 CO1, CO2, 22 24% Level 2
CO3,
CO4,CO5
Level 3 – Strongly Mapped, Level 2- Moderately Mapped; Level 1- Slightly Mapped
31
Learning Outcomes
1. English for Employability
1.1. Perceive the need for improving communication in English for employability
1.2. Use adjectives and articles effectively while speaking and in writing
1.3. Write simple sentences
2. Living in Harmony
2.1. Develop positive self-esteem for harmonious relationships
2.2. Use affixation to form new words
2.3. Use prepositions and use a few phrasal verbs contextually
3. Connect with Care
3.1. Use social media with discretion
3.2. Speak about abilities and possibilities
3.3. Make requests and express obligations
3.4. Use modal verbs and main verbs in appropriate form
3.5. Write short dialogues for everyday situations
4. Humour for Happiness
4.1. Realize the importance of humour for a healthy living
4.2. Improve vocabulary related to the theme
4.3. Acquire reading and speaking skills
4.4. Frame sentences with proper Subject – Verb agreement
4.5. Understand the features of a good paragraph and learn how to gather ideas as a preliminary step for
writing a good paragraph.
5. Never Ever Give Up!
5.1. Learn to deal with failures in life
5.2. Use the present tense form for various every day communicative functions such as speaking and
writing about routines, professions, scientific descriptions and sports commentary
5.3. Write paragraphs with coherence and other necessary skills
6. Preserve or Perish
6.1. Understand the ecological challenges that we face today and act to save the environment.
6.2. Narrate / Report past events
6.3. Develop vocabulary related to environment
6.4. Write e-mails
7. The Rainbow of Diversity
7.1. Appraise and value other cultures for a happy living in multi-cultural workspace
7.2. Understand the usage of different types of sentences
7.3. Ask for or give directions, information, instructions
7.4. Use language to express emotions in various situations
7.5. Write letters in various real life situations
8. New Challenges – Newer Ideas

8.1. Understand the functional difference between Active Voice and Passive Voice
8.2. Use Passive Voice to speak and write in various contexts
8.3. Understand the major parts and salient features of an essay
8.4. Learn about latest innovations and get motivated
9. The End Point First!

9.1. Understand the importance of setting a goal in life
9.2. Report about what others have said both in speaking and writing
9.3. Write an essay following the structure in a cohesive and comprehensive manner
9.4. Apply the words related to Goal Setting in conversations and in life
10. The Equal Halves
32
10.1. Value the other genders and develop a gender-balanced view towards life
10.2. Identify the use of different conjunctions in synthesising sentences
10.3. Write various types of sentences to compare and contrast the ideas
10.4. Apply the knowledge of sentence synthesis in revising and rewriting short essays
10.5. Develop discourses in speech and writing
11. Dealing with Disasters

11.1. Speak and write about different kinds of disasters and the concept of disaster management
11.2. Generate vocabulary relevant to disaster management and use it in sentences
11.3. Analyze an error in a sentence and correct it
11.4. Learn and write different kinds of reports
Textbook:‘ INTERACT’ (A Textbook of English for I Year Engineering Diploma Courses) - by SBTET,
AP
Reference Books:
Martin Hewings : Advanced Grammar in Use, Cambridge University Press
Murphy, Raymond : English Grammar in Use,Cambridge University Press
Sidney Greenbaum : Oxford English Grammar, Oxford University Press
Wren and Martin (Revised byN.D.V. Prasad Rao) : English Grammar and Composition, Blackie ELT
Books, S. Chand and Co.
Sarah Freeman : Strengthen Your Writing, Macmillan
Part A Part B Grand

Total
End Exam ( 80 10 Question Total = 30 5 Questions ( + 3 Total = 50 80
Marks) @ 3 Marks Marks Choice) Marks Marks
@10 Marks
1,2,3 Unit Tests ( 20 5 Questions Total = 16 3 Questions ( with Total = 24 40
Marks each) @ (1Q X4M) + (4Q Marks internal choice) marks Marks
X3M =12) @ 8 Marks
33
C-23 – CHST-102 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS – I
(COMMON TO ALL BRANCHES)
Course Course Title No. of Total No. of Marks for Marks for
Code Periods/week periods FA SA
Engineering
CHST-102 5 150 20 80
Mathematics-I
TIME SCHEDULE
S.No Chapter No. of Marks Short Essay COs

. Periods Allotted type type mapped
Unit - I: Algebra
1 Functions 6 3 1 0 CO1
2 Partial Fractions 5 3 1 0 CO1
3 Matrices and Determinants 20 16 2 1 CO1
Unit - II: Trigonometry
4 Trigonometric Ratios 2 0 0 0 CO2
5 Compound Angles 5 3 1 0 CO2
6 Multiple and Submultiple 1 0 CO2
8 3
angles
7 Transformations 6 5 0 1/2 CO2
8 Inverse Trigonometric 0 1/2 CO2
6 5
Functions
9 Trigonometric Equations 6 5 0 1/2 CO2
10 Properties of triangles 5 5 0 1/2 CO2
11 Complex Numbers 6 3 1 0 CO2
Unit III: Co-ordinate Geometry
12 Straight Lines 5 3 1 0 CO3
13 Circles 6 5 0 1/2 CO3
14 Conic Sections 12 5 0 1/2 CO3
Unit – IV: Differential Calculus
15 Limits and Continuity 6 3 1 0 CO4
16 Differentiation 28 23 1 2 CO4
Unit – V: Applications of Derivatives
17 Geometrical Applications 4 5 0 1/2 CO5
18 Physical Applications 6 5 0 1/2 CO5
19 Maxima and Minima 4 5 0 1/2 CO5
20 Errors and Approximations 4 5 0 1/2 CO5
Total 150 110 10 8
Marks 30 80
(i) To apply the principles of Algebra, Trigonometry and Co-Ordinate Geometry to

Course real-time problems in engineering.
Objectives (ii) To comprehend and apply the concept of Differential Calculus in engineering
applications.
34
CO Identify functions as special relations, resolve partial fractions and solve problems
1 on matrices and determinants.
CO Solve problems using the concept of trigonometric functions, their inverses and
2 complex numbers.
CO Find the equations and properties of straight lines, circles and conic sections in
Course
3 coordinate system.
Outcomes
CO Evaluate the limits and derivatives of various functions
4
CO Find solutions for engineering problems using differentiation.
5
CO/PO – Mapping
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO1 3 2 2 3 3 2 2
CO2 3 3 2 2 3 2 2
CO3 3 3 2 2 3 2 2
CO4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
CO5 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Avg. 3 2.8 2.4 2.6 3 2.4 2.4
3 = Strongly mapped (High), 2 =moderately mapped (Medium), 1 =slightly mapped (Low)
Note: The gaps in CO/PO mapping can be met with appropriate activities as follows:
For PO5: Appropriate quiz programmes may be conducted at intervals and duration as
decided by concerned faculty.
For PO6: Seminars on applications of mathematics in various engineering disciplines are to be
planned and conducted.
For PO7: Plan activities in such a way that students can visit the Library to refer standard books on
Mathematics and access the latest updates in reputed national and international journals.
Additionally, encourage them to attend seminars and learn mathematical software tools.
PO- CO – Mapping strength

CO periods addressing PO in
column I Level
PO No Mapped with CO no Remarks
(1,2 or 3)
No %
CO1, CO2, CO3, CO4, 150
1 100% 3 >40% Level
CO5 (31+44+23+34+18)
CO1, CO2, CO3, CO4, 80 3
2 53.3% 3 Highly
CO5 (8+23+12+22+15)
addressed
CO1, CO2, CO3, CO4, 61
3 40.6% 3 25% to 40%
CO5 (9+14+9+14+15)
Level 2
CO1, CO2, CO3, CO4, 61
4 40.6% 3 Moderately
CO5 (14+9+9+14+15)
addressed
CO1, CO2, CO3, CO4, 150
PSO 1 100% 3 5% to 25%
CO5 (31+44+23+34+18)
Level 1 Low
CO1, CO2, CO3, CO4, 62 addressed
PSO 2 41.3% 3
CO5 (10+14+9+14+15) <5% Not
CO1, CO2, CO3, CO4, 62 addressed
PSO 3 41.3% 3
CO5 (10+14+9+14+15)
35
Learning Outcomes
UNIT - I
C.O. 1 Identify functions, resolve partial fractions and solve problems on matrices and
determinants.
L.O. 1.1 Define Set, Ordered pair and Cartesian product of two sets - examples.
1.2 Explain Relations and Functions – examples
1.3 Find Domain & Range of functions – simple examples.
1.4 Define one-one and onto functions.
1.5 Find the inverse of a function – simple examples.
1.6 Define rational, proper and improper fractions of polynomials.
1.7 Explain the procedure of resolving proper fractions of the types mentioned
below into partial fractions
f ( x) f ( x)
i) ii )
(ax + b)(cx + d ) (ax + b)2 (cx + d )
1.8 Define a matrix and order of a matrix.
1.9 State various types of matrices with examples (emphasis on 3rd order square
matrices).
1.10 Compute sum, difference, scalar multiplication and product of matrices. Illustrate the properties
of these operations such as commutative, associative and distributive properties with examples
and counter examples.
1.11 Define the transpose of a matrix and state its properties – examples.
1.12 Define symmetric and skew-symmetric matrices with examples. Resolve a
square matrix into a sum of symmetric and skew-symmetric matrices and
provide examples.
1.13 Define determinant of a square matrix; minor, co-factor of an element of a
3x3 square matrix with examples. Expand the determinant of a 3 x 3 matrix
using Laplace expansion formula. State and apply the properties of
determinants to solve problems.
1.14 Distinguish singular and non-singular matrices. Define multiplicative inverse
of a matrix and list properties of adjoint and inverse. Compute adjoint and
multiplicative inverse of a square matrix.
1.15 Solve a system of 3 linear equations in 3 unknowns using Cramer’s rule and
matrix inversion method.
UNIT - II
C.O. 2 Solve problems using the concept of trigonometric functions, their inverses and complex
numbers.
L.O. 2.1 Define trigonometric ratios of any angle - List the values of trigonometric ratios at specified
values.
2.2 Draw graphs of trigonometric functions - Explain periodicity of trigonometric functions.
2.3 Define compound angles and state the formulae of sin(A±B), cos(A±B),
tan(A±B) and cot(A±B).
2.4 Give simple examples on compound angles to derive the values of sin150,
cos150 , sin750 , cos750 , tan 150 , tan750 etc.
2.5 Derive identities like sin(A+B) sin(A-B) = sin 2 A –sin2 B etc.
2.6 Solve simple problems on compound angles.
2.7 Derive the formulae of multiple angles 2A, 3A etc and sub multiple angles
A/2 in terms of angle A of trigonometric functions.
2.8 Derive useful allied formulae like sin2A= (1- cos2A)/2 etc.
2.9 Solve simple problems using the above formulae
Syllabus for Unit test-I completed
36
2.10 Derive the formulae on transforming sum or difference of two trigonometric ratiosinto a product
and vice versa, examples on these formulae.
2.11 Solve problems by applying these formulae to sum or difference or product of two terms.
2.12 Explain the concept of the inverse of a trigonometric function by selecting an
appropriate domain and range.
2.13 Define inverses of six trigonometric functions along with their domains and ranges.
2.14 Derive relations between inverse trigonometric functions so that the given inverse
trigonometric function can be expressed in terms of other inverse trigonometric functions with examples.
2.15 State various properties of inverse trigonometric functions and identities like
sin-1x+cos-1 x =  , etc.
2
−1 −1 −1  x+ y 
2.16 Apply formulae like tan x + tan y = tan   , where x  0, y  0, xy  1 etc.,
 1 − xy 
to solve Simple problems.
2.17 Explain what is meant by solution of trigonometric equations and find the general solutions of
sin x=k, cos x =k and tan x=k with appropriate examples.
2.18 Solve models of the type a sin2 x + b sin x +c=0 and a cos x + b sin x=c.
2.19 State sine rule, cosine rule, tangent rule and projection rule and solve a triangle using these
formulae.
2.20 List various formulae for the area of a triangle with examples.
2.21 Define complex number, its modulus, conjugate, amplitude and list their properties.
2.22 Define the operations on complex numbers with examples.
2.23 Represent the complex number in various forms like modulus-amplitude
(polar) form, Exponential (Euler) form with examples.
UNIT - III
Coordinate Geometry
C.O. 3 Find the equations and properties of straight lines, circles and conic sections in coordinate
system.
L.O.3.1 Write the different forms of a straight line – general form, point-slope form, slope-
intercept form, two-point form, intercept form and normal form (or perpendicular
form).
3.2 Find distance of a point from a line, acute angle between two lines, intersection of two non-
parallel lines and distance between two parallel lines.
3.3 Define locus of a point and circle.
3.4 Write the general equation of a circle and find the centre and radius.
3.5 Find the equation of a circle given (i) centre and radius, (ii)two ends of the diameter(iii) three non
collinear points of type (0,0) (a,0), (0,b).
3.6 Define a conic section - Explain the terms focus, directrix, eccentricity, axes and latus-rectum of a
conic withillustrations.
3.7 Find the equation of a conic when focus, directrix and eccentricity are given.
3.8 Describe the properties of Parabola, Ellipse and Hyperbola in standard forms
whose axes are along the co-ordinate axes and solve simple examples on these conics.
Syllabus for Unit test-II

completed
37
C.O.4 Evaluate the limits and derivatives of various functions.
L.O. 4.1 Explain the concept of limit and meaning of lim f ( x) = l and state the
x →a
properties of limits.
f ( x)
4.2 Evaluate the limits of the type and lim
x → g ( x)
xn − an a x −1
4.3 State the Standard limits lim , lim sin x , lim tan x , lim ,
x →a x − a x→0 x x→0 x x →0 x
ex −1
1 x
, lim (1 + x) x , lim 1 +  (without proof) and solve simple problems
1
lim
x →0 x x →0 x →  x
using these standard limits.
4.4 Explain the concept of continuity of a function at a point and on an interval
4.5 State the concept of derivative of a function y = f(x) – definition, first principle
as lim f ( x + h) − f ( x) and also provide standard notations to denote the
h→0 h
derivative of a function.
4.6 Explain the significance of derivative in scientific and engineering applications.
4.7 Find the derivative of standard algebraic, logarithmic, exponential and trigonometric functions
using the first principle.
4.8 Find the derivatives of inverse trigonometric, hyperbolic and inverse hyperbolic functions.
4.9 State the rules of differentiation of sum, difference, scalar multiplication,
product and quotient of functions with simple illustrative examples.
4.10 Explain the method of differentiation of a function of a function (Chain rule)
with illustrative examples.
4.11 Explain the method of differentiation of parametric functions with examples.
4.12 Explain the procedure for finding the derivatives of implicit functions with examples.
4.13 Explain the need of taking logarithms for differentiating some functions of [f(x)]g(x) type –
examples on logarithmic differentiation.
4.14 Explain the concept of finding the second order derivatives with examples.
4.15 Explain the concept of functions of several variables, finding partial derivatives and difference
between the ordinary and partial derivatives with simple examples.
4.16 Explain the concept of finding second order partial derivatives with simple problems.
C.O. 5 Evaluate solutions for engineering problems using differentiation
L.O. 5.1 State the geometrical meaning of the derivative - Explain the concept of derivative to find
the slopes of tangent and normal to the curve y=f(x) at any point on it.
5.2 Find the equations of tangent and normal to the curve y=f(x) at any point on it – examples.
5.3 Explain the derivative as a rate of change in distance-time relations to find the velocity and
acceleration of a moving particle with examples.
5.4 Explain the derivative as a rate measurer in the problems where the quantities like volumes,
areas vary with respect to time- illustrative examples.
5.5 Define the concept of increasing and decreasing functions - Explain the conditions to find
points where the given function is increasing or decreasing with illustrative examples.
5.6 Explain the procedure to find the extreme values (maxima or minima) of a function of single
variable- simple problemsfor quadratic and cubic polynomials.
5.7 Apply the concept of derivatives to find the errors and approximations in simple
problems.
Syllabus for Unit test-III completed
38
C-23 – CHST-102 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS – I
(COMMON TO ALL BRANCHES)
COURSE CONTENT
Unit-I
Algebra
1. Functions:
Definitions of Set, Ordered pair, Cartesian product of two sets, Relations, functions, domain & range
of functions in finite sets.
2. Partial Fractions:
Definitions of rational, proper and improper fractions of polynomials. Resolve rational fractions
(proper fractions) in to their partial fractions covering the types mentioned below.
f ( x) f ( x)
i) ii )
(ax + b)(cx + d ) (ax + b)2 (cx + d )
3. Matrices:
Definition of a matrix, types of matrices-examples, algebra of matrices-equality of two matrices, sum,
difference, scalar multiplication and product of matrices. Transpose of a matrix-Symmetric, skew
symmetric matrices-Minor, cofactor of an element-Determinant of a square matrix-Laplace’s expansion,
properties of determinants. Singular and non-singular matrices-Adjoint and multiplicative inverse of a
square matrix- examples-System of linear equations in 3 variables-Solutions by Cramer’s rule and Matrix
inversion method-examples.
Unit-II
Trigonometry
4. Trigonometric ratios:
Definition of trigonometric ratios of any angle, values of trigonometric ratios at specified values, draw
graphs of trigonometric functions, periodicity of trigonometric functions.
5. Compound angles:
Formulas of sin(A±B), cos(A±B), tan(A±B),cot(A±B),and related identities with problems.
6. Multiple and sub multiple angles:
Formulae for trigonometric ratios of multiple angles 2A, 3A and sub multipleangles A/2
with problems.
7. Transformations: Transformationsof products into sums or differences and vice versa - simple
problems.
8. Inverse trigonometric functions:
Definition, domains and ranges-basic properties- problems.
9. Trigonometric equations:
Concept of a solution, principal value and general solution of trigonometric equations:
Sinx =k ,cosx= k, tanx =k, where k is a constant. Solutions of simple quadratic equations and equations
of type acosx+bsinx=c.
10. Properties of triangles:
Relation between sides and angles of a triangle- sine rule, cosine rule, tangent rule and projection rule-
area of a triangle- problems.
11. Complex Numbers:
Definition of a complex number, Modulus, conjugate and amplitude of a complex number, Arithmetic
operations on complex numbers, Modulus- Amplitude (polar) form ,
Exponential form (Euler form) of a complex number- Problems.
39
UNIT-III
Coordinate geometry
12 Straight lines: various forms of straight lines, angle between lines, perpendicular distance from a
point, intersection of non-parallel lines and distance between parallel lines-examples.
13. Circle: locus of a point, Circle, definition-Circle equation given (i) centre and radius, (ii)
two ends of a diameter (iii) three non collinear points of type (0,0), (a,0), (0,b) - general equation of a
circle – finding centre, radius.
14. Definition of a conic section, equation of a conic when focus directrix and eccentricity
are given. Properties of parabola, ellipse and hyperbola in standard forms.
UNIT-IV
Differential Calculus
15. Concept of Limit- Definition and Properties of Limits and Standard Limits -Simple Problems-
Continuity of a function at a point- Simple Examples only.
16. Concept of derivative- Definition (first principle)- different notations-derivatives of elementary

functions. Derivatives of algebraic, logarithmic, trigonometric, inverse trigonometric and hyperbolic
functions. Derivatives of sum, product, quotient, scalar multiplication of functions - problems. Chain rule,
derivatives of parametric functions, derivatives of implicit functions, logarithmic differentiation – problems
in each case. Second order derivatives – examples. Functions of several variables –First and second order
partial differentiation-simple problems.
UNIT-V
Applications of Derivatives
17.Geometrical meaning of the derivative, equations of tangent and normal to a curve atany point -
problems.
18.Physical applications of derivatives – velocity, acceleration, derivative as a rate
measure –Problems.
19. Applications of the derivative to find the extreme values – Increasing and decreasing functions, finding
the maxima and minima for quadratic and cubic polynomials.
20.Using the concept of derivative of a function of single variable, find the absolute error,relative and
percentage errors and approximate values due to errors in measuring.
Textbook:
Engineering Mathematics-I, a textbook for first year diploma courses, prepared & prescribed by
SBTET, AP.
Reference Books:
1. Shanti Narayan, A Textbook of matrices, S.Chand&Co.
2. Robert E. Moyer & Frank Ayers Jr., Schaum’s Outline of Trigonometry, 4th Edition, Schaum’s Series.
3. M.Vygodsky, Mathematical Handbook, Mir Publishers, Moscow.
4. Frank Ayers & Elliott Mendelson, Schaum’s Outline of Calculus, Schaum’s Series.
C-23 CHST-102 Engineering Mathematics – I

Unit Test Syllabus
Unit Test Syllabus
Unit Test-I From L.O. 1.1 to L.O. 2.9
Unit Test-II From L.O. 2.10 to L.O. 3.8
Unit Test-III From L.O.4.1 to L.O. 5.7
40
C-23 CHST -103 ENGINEERING PHYSICS
Course code Course title No.of periods Total no. of Marks for FA Marks for SA
per week periods
CHST -103 Engineering 03 90 20 80
Physics
TIME SCHEDULE
No. of Short Answer typeEssay type

S.No Major topics COs mapped
PeriodsWeightage of Marks (3 marks) (10 marks)
1. Units and measurements 09 03 1
CO1
2. Statics 11 13 1 1
3. Gravitation 12 20 - 2
CO2
4. Concepts of energy 10 13 1 1
5. Thermal physics 10 13 1 1
CO3
2
6. Sound 12 16
1
7. Electricity &Magnetism 13 16 2 1
CO4
8. Modern physics 13 16 2 1
Total: 90 110 10 8
(1) To understand the basic concepts of physics for various Engineering applications as
required for industries.
Course
objectives (2) To equip the students with the scientific advances in technology and make the
student suitable for any industrial organization.
Familiarize with various physical quantities, their SI units and errors in

CO1 measurements; understand the concepts of vectors and various forces in
statics.
Understand the concepts of gravitation with reference to applications in

CO2 satellites, provides the knowledge of various forms of energy and their
working principles.
COURSE OUTCOMES
Familiarize with the knowledge of conduction of heat and gas laws;
CO3 provides the knowledge on musical sound and noise as pollution and also
the concepts of echo and reverberation.
Provide basic knowledge of electricity and concepts of magnetism and

CO4 magnetic materials; familiarize with the advances in Physics such as
photoelectric ell, optical fibers, semiconductors, superconductors and
nanotechnology.
41
MATRIX SHOWING MAPPING OF COURSE OUTCOMES WITH PROGRAMME OUTCOMES
CO1 3 2 2 1 2 2 2
CO2 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 2
CO3 2 1 2 1 1 1
CO4 3 2 3 2 2 3 2 2
3 = strongly mapped, 2 = moderately mapped, 1 = slightly mapped
CO-PO Mapping Strength
Note: The gaps in CO and PO mapping will be achieved by one or more appropriate activities from the following.
(i) Seminars (ii) Tutorials (iii) Guest Lecturers (iv) Assignments

(v) Quiz competitions (vi) Industrial visits (vii) Tech fest (viii) Mini project
(ix) Group discussions (x) Virtual classes (xi) Library visit for e-books
Learning outcomes
Upon completion of the course the student shall be able to
1.0 Understand the concept of units and measurements

1.1 Explain the concept of Units
1.2 Define t h e t e r m s
a ) Physical quantity, b ) F u n d a m e n t a l physical quantities and
c ) D erived physical quantities
1.3 Define unit
1.4 Define fundamental units and derived units
1.5 State SI units with symbols
1.6 State Multiples and Sub multiples in SI system
1.7 State rules of writing S.I. units
1.8 State advantages of SI units
1.9 What are d i r e c t a n d i n d i r e c t m e a s u r e m e n t s .
1.10 Define accuracy and least count
1.11 Define error in measurement
1.12 Define absolute, relative and percentage errors with their formulae
1.13 Solve simple problems on absolute, relative and percentage errors
2.0 Understand the concepts of statics

2.1 Explain the concept of Vectors
2.2 Define scalar and vector quantities with examples
2.3 Represent vectors geometrically
2.4 Define the types of vectors (equal, negative, unit, co-initial, co-planar vectors, Position
vector)
2.6 Resolve the vector into rectangular components
42
2.7 State and explain triangle law of addition of vectors
2.8 Define concurrent and co-planar forces
2.9 State and explain Lami’s theorem
2.10 State parallelogram law of addition of forces with diagram
2.11 Write the expressions for magnitude and direction of resultant (no derivation)
2.12 Illustrate parallelogram law with examples (i) flying of bird and (ii) working of sling.
2.13 Define moment of force and couple.
2.14 Write the formulae and S.I units of moment of force and couple.
2.15 Solve s i m p l e p r o b l e m s o n ( i ) R e s o l u t i o n o f f o r c e a n d
(ii) Parallelogram law of forces (finding R,α and θ).
3.0 Understand the concepts of Gravitation

3.1 State and explain Newton’s universal law of gravitation.
3.2 Define G and mention its value.
3.3 Explain the acceleration due to gravity (g)
3.4 Explain the factors affecting the value of g
3.5 Derive the relationship between g and G.
3.6. State and explain the Kepler’s law of planetary motion
3.7 Define a satellite.
3.8 What are natural and artificial satellites? Give examples.
3.9 Define orbital velocity and write its formula.
3.10 Define escape velocity and write its formula.
3.11 Write a brief note on PSLV
3.12 Write a brief note on GSLV
3.13 Mention the applications of artificial satellites
3.14 Solve simple problems on (i) Newton’s law of gravitation and (ii) calculation of orbital
and escape velocities.
4.0 Understand the concepts of Energy.

4.1 Definework done and energy. Mention their SI units.
4.2 List various types of energy.
4.3 Define P.E with examples. Write its equation.
4.4 Define K.E with examples. Write its equation.
4.5 Derive relationship between K.E and momentum.
4.6 State the law of conservation of energy. Give various examples.
4.7 Write a brief note on solar energy.
4.8 Explain the principle of solar thermal conversion.
4.9 Explain the principle of photo voltaic effect
4.10 Solve simple problems on (i) work done (ii) P.E & K.E and (iii) Relation between K.E
& momentum.
5.0 Understand the concepts of thermal physics

5.1 Define the concepts of heat and temperature
5.2 State the modes of transmission of heat
5.3 Define conduction, convection and radiation with two examples each.
5.4 State and explain Boyle’s law
5.5 Define absolute zero temperature
5.6 Explain absolute scale of temperature
5.7 State the relationship between Degree Celcius, Kelvin and Fahrenheit temperatures
5.8 State Charles laws and write its equation
5.9 State Gay-Lussac’s law and write its equation
5.10 Define ideal gas
5.11 Derive i deal gas equation
43
5.12 Explain why universal gas constant (R) is same for all gases
5.13 Calculate the value of R for 1 gram mole of gas.
5.14 Solve s i m p l e p r o b l e m s o n ( i ) I n t e r c o n v e r s i o n o f t e m p e r a t u r e s
between °C, K and F (ii) Gas laws and (iii) Ideal gas equation.
6.0 Understand the concepts of Sound

6.1 Define the term sound
6.2 Define longitudinal and transverse waves with one example each
6.3 Explain the factors which affect the velocity of sound in air
6.4 Distinguish between musical sound and noise
6.5 Explain noise pollution and state SI unit for intensity of sound
6.6 Explain sour c es of noise pollution
6.7 Explain effects of noise pollution
6.8 Explain methods of minimizing noise pollution
6.9 Define Doppler effect
6.10 List the Applications of Doppler effect
6.11 Define reverberation and reverberation time
6.12 Write Sabine’s formula and name the parameters contained
6.13 Define echoes and explain the condition to hear an echo.
6.14 Mention the methods of reducing an echo
6.15 Mention the applications of an echo
6.16 What are ultrasonics
6.17 Mention the applications of ultrasonics, SONAR,
6.18 Solve simple problems on echo
7.0 Understand the concepts of Electricity and Magnetism

7.1 Explain the concept of P.D and EMF
7.2 State Ohm’s law an d w ri t e t h e fo rm ul a
7 .3 Explain Ohm’s law
7.4 Define r esi st ance and specific resistance. Write their S.I units.
7.5 State and explain Kichoff’s first law.
7.6 State and explain Kirchoff’s second law.
7.7 Describe Wheatstone’sbridge with legible sketch.
7.8 Derive an expression for balancing condition of Wheatstone’sbridge
7.9 Describe MeterBridge experiment with necessary circuit diagram.
7.10 Write the formulae to find resistance and specific resistance in meter bridge
7 .11 Explain the concept of magnetism
7.12 What are natural and artificial magnets (mention some types)
7.13 Define magnetic field and magnetic lines of force and write the properties of magnetic
lines of force
7.14 State and explain the Coulomb’s inverse square law of magnetism
7.15 Define magnetic permeability
7.16 Define para, dia, ferro magnetic materials with examples
7.17 Solve simple problems on (i) Ohm’s law (ii) Kirchoff’s first law (iii) Wheatstone bridge (iv) meter bridge
and (v) Coulomb’s inverse square law
8.0 Understand the concepts of Modern physics

8.1 State and Explain Photo-electric effect
8.2 State laws of photo electric effect
8.3 Explain the Working of photoelectric cell
8.4 List the Applications of photo electric effect
8.5 Recapitulate refraction of light and its laws
8.6 Define critical angle
44
8.7 Explain the Total Internal Reflection
8.8 Explain the principle and working of Optical Fiber
8.9 List the applications of Optical Fiber
8.10 Explain the energy gap based on band structure
8.11 Distinguish between conductors, semiconductors and insulators base on energy gap
8.12 Define doping
8.13 Explain the concept of hole
8.14 Explain the types of semiconductors: Intrinsic and extrinsic
8.15 What are n-type and P-type semiconductors
8.16 Mention the applications of semiconductors
8.17 Define super conductor and superconductivity
8.18 List the applications of superconductors
8.19 Nanotechnology definition, non-materials and applications
COURSECONTENT
1. Units and measurements

Introduction – Physical quantity – Fundamental and Derived quantities – Fundamental and derived units -
SI units –Multiples and Sub multiples – Rules for writing S.I. units-Advantages of SI units – Direct and
indirect measurements – Accuracy and least count – Errors : Absolute, relative and percentage errors –
Problems.
2. Statics
Scalars and Vectors– Representation of a vector – Types of vectors - Resolution of vector into rectangular
components – Triangle law of vectors – Concurrent forces - Lami’s theorem - Parallelogram law of forces :
Statement, equations for magnitude and direction of resultant, examples – Moment of force and couple –
Problems.
3.Gravitation
Newton’s law of gravitation and G – Concept of acceleration due to gravity (g) – Factors affecting the
value of g – Relation between g and G- Kepler’s laws – Satellites: Natural and artificial –
Orbital velocity and escape velocity – Polar and geostationary satellites – Applications of
artificial satellites – Problems.
4. Concepts of energy
Work done & Energy-Definition and types of energy - potential energy - kinetic energy-- K. E and
Momentum relation – Law of Conservation of energy, examples - Solar energy, principle of thermal and
photo conversion – Problems.
5. Thermal physics
Modes of transmission of heat – Expansion of Gases -Boyle’s law -Absolute scale of temperature -
Thermometric scales and their inter conversion - Charle’s law - Gay-Lussac’s law - Ideal gas equation -
Universal gas constant (R) - Problems.
6. Sound
Sound - Nature of sound - Types of wave motion, Longitudinal and transverse – Factors affecting the
velocity of sound in air - musical sound and noise - Noise pollution – Causes &effects- Methods of
reducing noise pollution- Doppler effect- Echo- Reverberation-Reverberation time-Sabine ‘s formula
– Ultra sonics & applications – SONAR - Problems.
7. Electricity & Magnetism
Concept of P.D and EMF - Ohm’s law and explanation-Specific resistance-Kirchoff’s laws -
45
Wheatstone’s bridge - Meter bridge.
Natural and artificial magnets – magnetic field and magnetic lines of force - Coulomb’s inverse
square law – Permeability – Magnetic materials – Para, dia, ferro – Examples – Problems.
8. Modern Physics
Photoelectric effect – laws of photoelectric effect– photoelectric cell – Applications of photo electric cell -
Total internal reflection- Fiber optics - Principle and working of an optical fiber-Applications of optical
fibers – Semiconductors: Based on Energy gap – Doping – Hole - Intrinsic and extrinsic semiconductors
(n-type & p-type) – Applications of semiconductors - Superconductivity–applications – Nanotechnology
definition, nano materials, applications.
REFERENCES
1. Intermediate physics - Volume - I & 2 Telugu Academy (English version)
2. Unified physics Volume 1, 2, 3 and 4 Dr. S.L Guptha and Sanjeev Guptha
3. Concepts of Physics, Vol 1 & 2 H.C. Verma
4. Text book of physics Volume I Resnick & Holiday
5. Fundamentals of physics Brijlal & Subramanyam
6. Text book of applied physics Dhanpath Roy
7. NCERT Text Books of physics Class XI & XII Standard
8. e-books/e-tools/websites/Learning Physics software
Table showing the scope of syllabus to be covered for unit tests
Unit test Learning outcomes to be covered
Unit test - 1 From 1.1 to 3.14
46
CHST-104Engineering Chemistry and Environmental Studies
Course Course Title No. of Periods Total No. of Marks Marks
code per week Periods for FA for SA
CHST- Engineering Chemistry and
3 90 20 80
104 Environmental Studies
Question wise Mapped

S. No of Weight age of
Unit Title/Chapter distribution with CO
No Periods marks
Essay Short
Fundamentals of
1 14 21 1½* 2 CO1
Chemistry
Solutions, Acids and
2 16 21 1½* 2 CO1
Bases
3 Electrochemistry 12 13 1 1 CO2
4 Corrosion 8 13 1 1 CO2
5 Water Treatment 8 13 1 1 CO3
Polymers & Engineering
6 12 13 1 1 CO4
materials.
7 Fuels 6 3 0 1 CO4
8 Environmental Studies 14 13 1 1 CO5
Total 90 110 8 10
One question of 10 marks should be given with 50% weightage from unit title 1and 2
Course Title: Engineering Chemistry & Environmental Studies
Course 1. To familiarize with the concepts of chemistry involved in the process of various Engineering
Objectiv Industrial Applications.
es
2. To know the various natural and man-made environmental issues and concerns with an
interdisciplinary approach that include physical, chemical, biological and socio-cultural aspects
of environment.
3.to reinforce theoretical concepts by conducting relevant experiments/exercises
Course outcomes
Explain Bohr`s atomic model, chemical bonding, mole concept, acids and bases,PH and Buffer solutions
CO1
CO2
Explain electrolysis, Galvanic cell, batteries and corrosion
CourseCO3
Explain the chemistry involved in the treatment of hardness in water
Outco
Explain the methods of preparation of polymers and chemical composition and applications of alloys,
CO4
mes composite materials, liquid crystals and Nano materials
Explain Global impacts due to air pollution, causes , effects and control methods of water pollution and
CO5
Understand the environment, forest resources, E-Pollution and Green Chemistry Principles.
47
COs-POs mapping strength (as per given table)
Engineering. Chemistry and Environmental studies

CHST-104 No Of periods 90
No of Course Outcomes:5
CO periods
Mapped with CO addressing Level
POs % remarks
No PO in Col 1,2,3
NO. 1
PO1 CO1,CO2,CO3 42 46.7 % 3
>40% level 3 (highly
PO2 CO2,CO3 16 17.8% 1 addressed) 25% to 40%
PO3 CO4 12 13.3% 1 level 2(moderately
PO4 CO4 6 6.7% 1 addressed) 5% to 25%
PO5 CO5 14 15.5% 1 level 1 (Low addressed) <
PO6 - - - - 5%(not addressed)
PO7 - - - -
Note: The gaps in CO and PO mapping will be achieved by one or more appropriate activities from the
following:
i) Seminars ii) Tutorials iii) Guest Lectures iv) Assignments v) Quiz competitions vi) Industrial visit vii) Tech
Fest viii) Mini project ix) Group discussions x) Virtual classes xi) Library visit for e-books
CO1 3 - - - - - - - - -
CO2 3 1 - - - - - - - -
CO3 3 1 - - - - - - - -
CO4 - - 1 1 - - - - - -
CO5 - - - - 1 - - - - -
Average 3 1 1 1 1 - - - -
3=strongly mapped 2= moderately mapped 1= slightly mapped
Upon completion of the course the student shall be able to learn out
ENGINEERINGCHEMISTRY AND ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES

1.0 Atomic structure
1.1 Explain the charge, mass of fundamental particles of an atom (electron, proton and neutron) and the
concept of atomic number and mass number.
1.2 State the Postulates of Bohr’s atomic theory and its limitations.
1.3 Explain t he si gni fi c ance o f four Quantum numbers and draw the atomic structures of
Silicon and Germanium.
1.4 Explain 1 . Aufbau principle, 2 Pauli’s exclusion principle 3Hund’sprinciple.
1.5 Define Orbital of an atom and draw the shapes of s, p and d-Orbitals.
1.6 Write the electronic configuration of elements up to atomic number 30
1.7 Explain the significance of chemical bonding
1.8 Explain the Postulates of Electronic theory of valency
1.9 Define and explain Ionic and Covalent bonds with examples of NaCl , *H2,*O2 and *N2.(* Lewis
dot method)
1.10 List out the Properties of Ionic compounds and covalent compounds and distinguish between their
properties.
2.0 Solutions, Acids and Bases

2.1 Define the terms 1.Solution, 2.Soluteand 3.Solvent
2.2 Classify solutions based on solubility.
48
2.3 Define mole and problems on mole concept.
2.4 Define the terms 1. Atomic weight, 2.Molecular weight and 3. Equivalent weight and
calculate Molecular weight and Equivalent weight of the given acids.(HCl,H2SO4,H3PO4)Bases
(NaOH, Ca(OH)2, Al(OH)3 ) and Salts (NaCl, Na2CO3, CaCO3)
2.5 Define molarity and normality and numerical problems on molarity and normality
a) Calculate the Molarity or Normality if weight of solute and volume of solution are
given
b) Calculate the weight of solute if Molarity or normality with volume of solution are given
c) Problems on dilution to convert high concentrated solutions to low concentrated
Solutions
2.6 Explain Arrhenius theory of Acids and Bases and give the limitations of Arrhenius theory of Acids
and Bases.
2.7 Define ionic product of water and pH and nnumerical problems on pH (Strong Acids and Bases).
2.8 Define buffer solution and classify buffer solutions with examples. Give its applications.
3.0 Electrochemistry
3.1 Define the terms1. Conductor 2. Semiconductor 3. Insulator, 4. Electrolyte5.Non–electrolyte.
Give two examples each.
3.2 Distinguish between metallic conduction and Electrolytic conduction
3.3 Explain electrolysis by taking example fused NaCl and list out the applications of electrolysis.
3.4 Define Galvanic cell and explain the construction and working of Galvanic cell.
3.5 Distinguish between electrolytic cell and galvanic cell.
3.6 Define battery and list the types of batteries with examples.
3.5 Explain the construction, working and applications of i) Dry cell (Leclanche cell, ii) Lead storage
battery iii) Lithium-Ion battery iii) Hydrogen-Oxygen fuel cell.
4.0 Corrosion
4.1 Define the term corrosion.
4.2 state the Factors influencing the rate of corrosion
4.3 Describe the formation of a) composition cell b) stress cell c) concentration cell during corrosion.
4.4 Define rusting of iron and explain the mechanism of rusting of iron.
4.5 Explain the methods of prevention of corrosion
a) Protective coatings (anodic and cathodic coatings)
b) Cathodic protection (Sacrificial anode process and Impressed–voltage process)
5. 0 Water Treatment
5.1 Define soft water and hard water with respect to soap action.
5.2 Define and classify the hardness of water.
5.3 List out the salts that causing hardness of water (with Formulae)
5.4 State the disadvantages of using hard water in industries.
5.5 Define Degree of hardness and units of hardness (mg/L) or( ppm).
5.6 Numerical problems on hardness.
5.7 Explain the methods of softening of hard water by a) Ion-exchange process, b) Reverse Osmosis.
6.0 Polymers& Engineering materials.

A) Polymers
6.1 Explain the concept of polymerisation
6.2 Describe the methods of polymerizationa) addition polymerization of ethyleneb)condensation
polymerizationof Bakalite (Onlyflowchart)
6.3 Explain the methodsofpreparation and uses of the following plastics:
1. PVC 2.Teflon3. Polystyrene 4. Nylon 6,6
B) Engineering materials
6.4 Define an alloy. Write the composition and applications of the following.
1.Nichrome 2. Dur aluminum 3. Stainless Steel.
49
6.5. Define elastomers: Write the composition and applications of the following
1. Buna- S 2. Neoprene
6.6 Define Composite materials: Write the composition and applications of the following:
1.Glass Fibre Reinforcement composites (GFR)2. Carbon Fibre Reinforcement Composites (CFR)
6.7 Define Liquid Crystals. Classify and give applications of the following:
1. Nematic 2. Smectic crystals
6.7 Define Nonomaterials. Write the composition and applications of the following:
1. nanotubes 2. Nanocrystals.
7.0 Fuels
7.1 Define the term fuel
7.2 Classify the fuels based on occurrence.
7.3 Write the composition and uses of the following:
1. LPG 2. CNG 3. Biogas 4.Power alcohol
7.4 Write the commercial production of Hydrogen as future fuel. Give its advantages and disadvantages.
8.0 ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES
8.1 Define the term environment and explain the scope and importance of environmental studies.
8.2Define the segments of environment 1). Lithosphere 2). Hydrosphere 3). Atmosphere
4). Biosphere
8.3 Define the following terms:
1)Pollutant 2). Pollution 3). Contaminant 4) receptor 5) sink 6) particulates 7)dissolved oxygen
(DO)8)Threshold limitvalue (TLV) 9).BOD 10) COD 11) eco system1 2 ) Producers1 3 ) C onsumers
14) Decomposers with examples.
8.4State the renewable and non- renewable energy sources with examples.
8.5State the uses of forest resources.
8.6Explain thecauses and effects of deforestation
8.7 Defineair pollution and give its Global impacts(1) Greenhouseeffect, 2) Ozonelayerdepletion
and 3) Acidrain)
8.8 Define Waterpollution.Explainthecauses, effects and control methods of Waterpollution.
8.9 Define E-Pollution, State the sources of e-waste Explain its health effects and control methods.
8.10 Define green chemistry. Write the Principles and benefits of green chemistry.
COURSE CONTENT
ENGINEERINGCHEMISTRY AND ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES
1. FundamentalsofChemistry
Atomic Structure: Introduction - Fundamental particles – Bohr’s theory – Quantum numbers –
Aufbauprinciple - Hund’srule - Pauli’s exclusion Principle- Orbitals, shapes of s, p and d orbitals -
Electronic configurations ofelements
Chemical Bonding: significance–Electronic theory of valency- types of chemical bonds – Ionic and
covalentbondwithexamples–PropertiesofIonicandCovalentcompounds.
2. Solutions, Acids and Bases
Solutions: Terms and Types of solutions- mole concept –numerical problems on mole concept -Methods
of expressing concentration of a solution –molarity and normality – Numerical problems on molarity and
normality.
AcidsandBases: Arrhenius theory of acids and bases – Ionic product of water- pH–numerical problems on
pH–Buffersolutions- Classification- applications.
3. Electrochemistry
Conductors, semiconductors, insulators, electrolytes and non-electrolytes – electrolysis of fused NaCl–-
applications of electrolysis - Galvanic cell – Battery-Types- Dry Cell(Leclanche Cell),Lead Storage
battery- Hydrogen –Oxygen fuel cell.
4. Corrosion
Introduction - factors influencing corrosion - composition,stressandconcentrationcells–rustingofiron and
its mechanism – prevention of corrosion by coating methods, cathodicprotection methods.
5. Water treatment
Introduction–softandhardwater–causesofhardness–typesofhardness–disadvantagesof hard water – degree
of hardness (ppm and mg/lit) – Numerical problems on hardness - softening methods – Ion-
Exchange process– Reverse Osmosis.
50
6. Polymers& Engineering materials
Polymers: concept ofpolymerization – types of polymerization – addition, condensation with examples
– Preparation and uses of the following plastics i).PVC ii) Teflon iii) Polystyrene iv) Nylon 6,6
Elastomers: Preparation and application of the following elastomers i)Buna-s ii) Neoprene
Engineering materials:
Alloys-composition and applications of i) Nichrome, ii)Duralluminium iii) Stainless Steel.
Composite materials- Composition and applications of i) GFR ii) CFR
Liquid Crystals-types- applications of i) Nematic Crystals ii) Smecticcyrstals
Nano meterials- Composition and applications of i) Nanotubes ii) Nano crystals..
7.Fuels
Definition and classification of fuels–-composition and uses of i) LPG ii) CNG iii) Biogas
iv) Poweralchol
8. Environmental studies
Environment –scope and importance of environmental studies – important terms related to environment–
renewableandnon-renewable energy sources–Forest resources – Deforestation –Air pollution–Global
impacts on environment –Water pollution – causes – effects – control measures-
E-Pollution- Sources-health effects-control methods. Green Chemistry- Principles-Benefits
Table specifying the scope of syllabus to be covered for Unit Test- 1, Unit Test- 2 and Unit Test -3
Unit Test Learning outcomes to be covered
Unit Test - 1 From 1.1 to 2.8
REFERENCEBOOKS
1. Telugu Academy Intermediate chemistry Vol. 1&2
2. Jain & Jain Engineering Chemistry
3. O.P. Agarwal,Hi- Tech.Engineering Chemistry
4. Sharma Engineering Chemistry
5. A.K. De Engineering Chemistry
51
CHST-105 GENERAL MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Course Course title No. of Total no. of Marks for Marks for
code periods/week periods FA SA
CHST- General Mechanical
05 150 20 80
105 Engineering
ESSAY
S. No.of Weight
SHORT ANSWER TYPE
N Chapter/Unit title period age
TYPE QUESTIONS QUESTIO
CO’s Mapped
o. s Allocated
NS
Measuring Instruments & 32 26 2 2 C01,C02,C03,
1
Fitting operations C04,C05
Welding, Friction and 32 16 2 1 C01,C02,C03,
2
Lubrication C04,C05
Transmission of 31 29 3 2 C01,C02,C03,
3 Mechanical power & I C C04,C05
Engines
Boilers 25 18 1 1 C01,C02,C03,
4
C04,C05
5 Properties of steam 10 8 1 1 C06
Steam Nozzles & 20 13 1 1 C01,C02,C03,
6
Turbines C04,C05
Total periods: 150 110 10 8
COURSE OBJECTIVES
(i) To familiarize with the knowledge of different tools, equipment and machinery
Course used in the field of Mechanical Engineering
Objectives (ii) To use various tools for mechanical measurements and to know fabricating
methods of mechanical products
(iii) To know the different methods of producing and transmitting mechanical power
COURSE OUTCOMES
CHST-105.1 Demonstrate the Introduction/concepts related to mechanical processes
CHST-105.2 Explain the construction & working of mechanical tools & equipment
CHST-105.3 Observe, list and illustrate various mechanical operations
CHST-105.4 Differentiate the working of different tools, equipment and mechanical
processes
Course CHST-105.5 Summarize the uses of various mechanical tools & equipment
outcomes CHST-105.6 Solved problems
CO-PO/PSO MATRIX
3 = Strongly mapped 2 = Moderately mapped 1 = Slightly mapped
CO No PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CHST-105.1 3 3
CHST-105.2 2
CHST-105.3 2 3
CHST-105.4 2 2
CHST-105.5 2
CHST-105.6 2 3
Average 3 2 2 3 3 2
52
LEARNING OUTCOMES:
Objectives:
1.0 Measuring Instruments.

1.1 Know about Measurement, types of measurement
1.2 Familiarize with the use of checking and measuring Instruments.
1.3 Line diagrams of different measuring tools.
1.4 Specific use of each Instrument
1.5 Least count of different measuring tools.
1.6 Differentiate measuring and checking Instruments.
Fitting operations
1.7 Familiarize with different hand tools
1.8 List and explain different marking tools, cutting tools, striking tools, holding devices and miscellaneous
tools
1.9 List different fitting operations
1.10 Differentiate Tapping and dyeing, drilling and Reaming.
1.11 Explain cutting, filing, scraping
1.12 Identify the different types of hammers and their specifications.
2.0 Welding
2.1 Define welding
2.2 State the advantages and limitations of welding
2.3 Give the classification of welding processes.
2.4 State the working principle of Arc welding
2.5 Identify the equipment and tools of arc welding
2.6 Arc welding procedure (sequential operations)
2.7 State the working principle of gas welding (Oxy-acetylene).
2.8 List different Gas welding equipment and explain each.
2.9 Gas welding procedure (sequential operations)
2.10 Differentiate bare electrode and coated electrode
2.11 State the uses of flux in welding
2.12 Differentiate soldering and brazing
2.13 Explain various flame-cutting processes.
2.14 State the advantages and limitations of flame cutting.
Friction and Lubrication

2.15 To appreciate the existence of friction in elements of power transmission
2.16 Understand the concept of friction
2.17 Explain the necessity of lubrication
2.18 Give the classification of lubrication
2.19 Explain the properties of good lubricant
2.20 State different methods of lubrication
2.21 Give the applications of above methods.
3.0 Transmission of mechanical power

3.1 To know the selection criteria of various means of power transmission
3.2 List different methods of power transmission
3.3 Explain Belt drive, open and cross belt drive with line diagram and state its applications, advantages
and disadvantages.
3.4 To identify different types of drives in belts.
3.5 State the applications, advantages and disadvantages of belt drives.
3.6 Explain Gear drives, simple, compound, worm and bevel gears and its velocity ratio.
3.7 Know the merits and demerits of Gear drive
3.8 Define shaft and shaft coupling
53
3.9 Differentiate the Hollow shaft with solid shaft
3.10 List different types of couplings, and give its applications.
I.C. Engine
3.11 Define Heat engine
3.12 Classify Heat engines.
3.13 Give examples for each type.
3.14 Summaries the advantages of I.C.Engines and E.C.Engines.
3.15 Give the classification of I.C.Engines. Draw a neat sketch of an I.C engine and name the various
parts.
3.16 Explain the working of 4-stroke petrol engine with a line diagram
3.17 Explain the working of 2 stroke petrol engine with a line diagram.
3.18 Explain the working of a 4-stroke and 2-stroke diesel engine with a line diagram
3.19 Compare two-stroke engine with 4-stroke engine
3.20 Explain with the help of a line sketch ignition system of an SI engine.
3.21 Explain with the help of a line sketch ignition system of an CI engine.
3.22 Explain simple carburettor with a line diagram
3.23 Explain air-cooling and water-cooling.
3.24 Explain the working of Fuel Injector with the help of a line diagram
3.25 Explain fuel pump
3.26 Know about governing
3.27 List different methods of governing
3.28 Compare SI engine with CI engine
4.0 Boilers
4.1 Define Boiler
4.2 Give the classification of Boiler
4.3 Differentiate fire tube and water tube boiler
4.4 Name different types of Boilers
4.5 Explain the construction and working of a simple Vertical Boiler with a line diagram
4.6 Explain Lancashire Boiler with a line diagram.
4.7 Explain the construction and working of a Babcock and Wilcox Boiler with a line diagram
4.8 List the different Boiler mountings.
4.9 State the specific use of each mounting.
4.10 Name the different Boiler accessories
4.11 State the functions of boiler accessories
4.12 List different methods of firing of coal
4.13 Distinguish solid fuel firing with Pulverized fuel firing.
4.14 Know about Boiler draught.
4.15 State different methods of Boiler draught.
5.0 Understand the properties of steam

5.1 Define the various properties of steam
5.2 Compute the enthalpy, Internal energy and entropy of given pressure
5.3 Use the steam tables.
5.4 Interpret the date in steam tables to calculate enthalpy.
5.5 Compute the above values using Mollier chart
6.0 Steam Turbines & nozzles

6.1 State the function of steam nozzle in a turbine
6.2 Name different types of nozzles
6.3 Define steam turbine
6.4 Give the classification of steam turbines
6.5 Explain the working of Impulse turbine with a line diagram.
6.6 Explain the working of a Reaction turbine with a line diagram
6.7 Explain the governing of turbines.
54
Hyponated Course contents with Reference books:
COURSE CONTENTS:
1. Measuring Instruments
Outside and inside Calipers, spring calipers, Hermaphrodite (odd leg) caliper, Transfer caliper – sizes and uses;
Dividers- Sizes and uses; combination square, bevel protractor, universal bevel protractor, sine bar, universal
surface gauge, Engineers parallels, slip gauges, feeler gauge, angle gauge blocks, Radius gauge& template gauge,
Screw pitch gauge, telescope gauge, plate and wire gauge, ring and plug gauges, snap gauges, specifications and
uses. Vernier caliper, Vernier height gauges, Vernier depth gauge, micrometer -outside & inside, stick micrometer,
depth micrometer, Vernier micrometer, screw thread micrometer- specification & uses, calculation of least count
of the above instruments. Differentiating between measuring and checking instruments.
Fitting Operations
Cutting, Filing, Scraping, thread cutting (Tapping and dyeing), drilling and reaming (hand) – marking tools, cutting
tools, striking tools, holding devices and miscellaneous tools.
2. Welding
Introduction and classification of welding processes (IS:8.12)- Advantages and limitations of welding . Principle of
Arc welding and equipment used. Principle of gas welding (Oxy-acetylene) and equipment used. Welding
procedures (Arc & Gas) –soldering–various flame cutting processes. Advantages and limitations of flame cutting.
Friction & Lubrication
Concept of friction with practical examples. Disadvantages of friction. Necessity for lubrication. Classification of
lubricants, properties of good lubricants. Method of lubrication – their application.
3. Transmission of Mechanical Power
Methods of power Transmission

a) Belt drives – types and application, advantages and disadvantages.
b) Gear drives- simple, compound, worm and bevel gears- Merits and demerits.
Shaft and shaft couplings
a) Types and uses of shafts (Hollow and solid)-comparison.
b) Types of couplings. i) Flange ii) Muff iii) Universal.
c) Application of the above couplings.
I.C. Engines
Classification on the basis of a) Cycle of operation b) Types of fuel used c) Methods of
ignition d) Methods of Cooling e) Speed of engine f) Arrangement of cylinders.
Four stroke and two strike cycles (petrol engine)
a) Principle and operation of 4-stroke and 2-stroke engine –explanation with neat sketch.
b) Fuel system in S.I engines - Fuel pump – Fuel filter - Air cleaner; Simple carburetor
Four stroke and two-stroke diesel engine.

a) Principle of operation, explanation with a neat sketch.
b) components of solid injection system (CI)-fuel feed pump – injection pump – injector –
fuel filter.
c) Governing system i) Quality Governing, (ii) Quantity Governing iii) Hit and miss method.
d) Cooling system
e) Scavenging and Super charging importance
4. Boilers
Classification of boilers a) Fire-tube b) Water tube.
55
Sketch and description of: a) Simple vertical boiler b) Lancashire boiler c) Babcock and Wilcox
boiler.
Boiler Mountings: sketch and description of a) Water level indicator b) Pressure gauge c)
Safety valve d) Steam stop valve e) Feed check valve f) Blow of cock, Fusible plug.
Boiler accessories: sketch and description of: a) Steam Trap and separator, b) Economiser
(Greens) c) Super heater d) Air-Preheater
Draught a) Natural b) Artificial – Induced, forced, and balanced.
5. Properties of steam
Formation of steam under constant pressure, dryness fraction and degree of super heat, specific volume.
Determination of enthalpy, Internal energy, latent heat. Simple direct problems on the above using tables
and charts.
6. Steam Turbines
Steam Nozzles – function & Types-Convergent, Divergent and Convergent & divergent.
Steam turbines
a) Classification of steam turbines with examples. Construction and working of i) Impulse
ii) Reaction iii) Impulse – Reaction. Advantages, disadvantages, comparison
b) Methods of reducing speed of rotors.
i)Velocity compounding (CURTIS) ii) Pressure compounding (Rateau) iii) Pressure and
Velocity compounding.
c) Governing of turbines i) Throttle governing. ii) Nozzle governing.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Workshop Technology, Volume 1 by Raghu Vamsi.

2. Workshop Technology by HazraChowdary.
3. Thermal Engineering by R.S.Kurmi.
4. Heat Engines – Volume I&II by R.C.Patel. 5. Thermal Engineering I & II by Prakirappa
Unit test No Learning out comes to be covered

Unit test-I Objectives from 1.1 to 2.16
Unit test-II Objective from 2.17 to 3.28
Unit test-III Objective from 4.1 to 6.7
56
CH ST-106 SUGAR PRODUCTION TECHNOLOGY
Course Course title No. Of Periods / Total number of Marks for Marks for
code week periods FA SA
CHST- Sugar production
5 150 20 80
106 technology
TIME SCHEDULE
S. Weightage Short Essay type Cos

No. of allocated answer questions
N Chapter/unit title mappe
periods questions
O. d
Definitions, White sugar manufacture 2 2
1. 28 26 CO1
process flow diagrams, milling
2. Juice extraction and clarification 30 16 2 1 CO2
3 Evaporation, condensers 32 26 2 2 CO3
4. Pan boiling, crystallization 32 16 2 1 CO4

5 Centrifugation, drying and grading 28 26 2 2 CO5
150 110 10 8
1. To familiarize the terms related to sugar industry and manufacture process flow
diagrams for white sugar manufacture
2. To acquaintance of juice extraction from mills and clarification of the juice in the
process
COURSE 3. To familiarize the process of evaporation and condensation as per the norms
OBJECTI 4. To familiarize pan boiling in pans and the process of crystallization
VES: 5. To familiarize the centrifugation of massecuites, drying process of sugar and grading
of sugar as per Indian standards
CO NOS COURSE OUTCOMES

C CHST- State definitions, analyse the flow diagram of white sugar manufacturing for sulphitation
O1 106.1 and carbonation plants
C Illustrate extraction of juices, efficiency of mills, clarification of juice at various conditions
CHST-
O2
106.2
C CHST- Explain the process of Evaporation under negative pressure, generating of vacuum by
O3 106.3 using different types condensers in the sugar industry.
C CHST- Contrast various graining methods in the sugar pans and crystallization.
O4 106.4
Explain the centrifugation process for separation of molasses, significance of drying of
C CHST-
sugar, grading of sugar as per Indian standards.
O5 106.5
CO-PO/PSO MATRIX
57
CHST-106.1 3 3 2 2
CHST-106.2 3 2 3 3 2 3 2
CHST-106.3 2 2 1 2 3
CHST-106.4 3 3 2 2 2 2
CHST-106.5 2 3
Average 2.6 2.5 2 2 3 2.4 2.5 2
3=strongly mapped
2=moderately mapped
1=slightly mapped
NOTE : Un mapped or weakly mapped PO’S of above may be achieved by the following activities
PO6: Appropriate quiz programme/ Seminars/industrial visits may be conducted at intervals and duration
as decided by concerned teacher.
PO7: Several activities are to be planned that students visit library to refer standard books on related to
the subject and latest updates in reputed national and international journals, attending seminars, learning
software skills and watching the relevant in social media.
LEARNING OUT COMES:

1.0 Definitions, White sugar manufacture process flow diagrams and milling
1.1 Define the terms:
1. Cane, 2. Primary juice, 3. Secondary juice, 4. Absolute juice, 5. Mixed juice, 6.Last mill juice,
7. Fiber, 8. Clear juice, 9. Sulphured juice, 10. Undiluted juice, 11. Muddy juice, 12. Syrup,
13. Massecuite, 14. Molasses, 15. Filter cake, 16. Press cake, 17. Imbibition, 18.Maceration,
19.Bagasse, 20.Light filtrate, 21.Heavy filtrate, 22.BIS Sugar
1.2 List out the chemicals used in the process of white sugar manufacture and explain their application at
various stations in the plant.
1.3 Distinguish cane kicker, leveller and cutter
1.4 Write the advantages of using Shredder at mills
1.5 Distinguish between a crusher and mills.
1.6 List different types of mill grooving also state various factors contributing for good milling.
1.7 Draw 1. Simple imbibitions 2. compound imbibitions with a neat sketch.
1.8 List the factors influence the efficiency of evaporation.
1.9 Define diffusion process in sugar industry.
1.10Draw flow diagram of double sulphitation process of sugar manufacturing.
1.11Define the terms :1.A-Heavy molasses, 2. B-Heavy molasses, 3.Final molasses,4.Slurr
1.12List various colouring matters present in the cane juices.
1.13List various byproducts in sugar industry.
1.14State various types of fermentation.
2.0 Juice extraction and Clarification

2.1 Write the composition of various constituents present in the cane juice.
2.2 Write the physical and chemical properties of sucrose.
2.3 Explain the effect of organic acids and in-organic non sugars presence in clarification.
2.4 Write the objectives/general requirements of clarification.
2.5 Explain the bleaching action of sugar cane juice.
2.6 Explain the juice heating and its importance.
2.7 Explain auto PH Control of juices.
2.8 Write the role of P2O5/ SO2in clarification.
58
2.9 Write a short note on defecation / sulphitation process.
2.10State the merits and demerits of sulphitation over a carbonation process.
2.11Describe the working and operation of a juice heater.
2.12Describe the working and operation of a SO2 burner, milk of lime slacker.
2.13Describe the working and operation of a Dorr-444, Grever clarifier.
2.14Distinguish between Dorr-444 and Grever clarifier.
3.0 Evaporation, Condensers

3.1 State Rillieux principles with its limitation.
3.2 Explain the advantages of multiple effect evaporation.
3.3 Draw a line sketch of a quadruple effect evaporator.
3.4 Write about thermo compression in evaporators.
3.5 Write the various factors which influence the efficiency of evaporation.
3.6 Generalize the intensity of incrustation/scale formation on heating surface of evaporator is
reduced.
3.7 Explain the general methods of scales/incrustations removal over the heating surface of an
evaporator.
3.8 Write the condensate removal.
3.9 Define Entrainment; Draw various types of entrainment catchers used in sugar industry.
3.10 Explain the working of vapour cell or pre evaporator.
3.11 Write various types of condensate removal system.
3.12 State condensation process and write the various types of condensers.
3.13 Explain the working of condensers in view of extracting air and water.
3.14 Illustrate the working of multijet and barometric condensers with a diagram.
4.0 Pan boiling and Crystallization
4.1 Explain the significance of (S/V) in pans.
4.2 Write the principles of pan boiling for three boiling scheme.
4.3 Write the essential requirements for good pan boiling.
4.4 Illustrate three massecuite boiling scheme for white sugar manufacture.
4.5 Define coefficient of super saturation of sugar solutions.
4.6 Distinguish various graining methods.
4.7 Describe formation of false grain and conglomerates in pan boiling their effects and prevention.
4.8 Write the causes of false grain formation, their notification and prevention methods.
4.9 State the conditions influence the character of grain formation.
4.10 Explain the factors which influence rate of crystallization.
4.11 Write a short note on movement water and circulation in pans.
5.0 Centrifugation, drying and grading

5.1 Write the centrifugal operation in sugar industry.
5.2 Describe the centrifugal liners.
5.3 Explaining washing and steaming in centrifugal.
5.4 Explain double curing operation at centrifugal.
5.5 Write the advantages and disadvantages of continuous centrifugal machines.
5.6 Write the advantages of using fully automatic centrifugal machines.
5.7 Explain the advantages of using high speed centrifugal.
5.8 Write the importance of drying sugar in keeping quality.
5.9 Write the different grades of sugar by sieving.
5.10State safety factor for white sugar.
5.11Write the specifications of sugar bagging gunnies as per statutory control.
COURSE CONTENTS :
1. Definitions, White sugar manufacture process flow diagrams and milling:
59
Define the terms : Cane, Primary juice, Secondary juice, Absolute juice, Mixed juice, Last mill juice, Fiber,
Clear juice, Sulphured juice, Undiluted juice, Muddy juice, Syrup, Massecuite, Molasses, Filter cake, Press
cake, Imbibition, Maceration, Bagasse, Light filtrate, Heavy filtrate, BIS Sugar,A-Heavy molasses, B-Heavy
molasses, Final molasses, Slurry.
Chemicals used in the process of white sugar manufacture,Various units in sugar industry, Distinguish
cane kicker, leveler and cutter, Advantages of using Shredder, Crusher and mills, Different types of mill
grooving ,factors contributing for good milling, Role of strainers, Simple imbibition, Compound imbibition,
Advantages of hot imbibitions, Efficiency of evaporation.
Diffusion, Flow diagram of single and double Sulphitation process, Open chain and ring structure of
sucrose, glucose and fructose, Colouring matters in juices, By- products in sugar industry,Fermentation.
2. Juice extraction and Clarification
Constituents present in the cane juice, Physical and chemical properties of sucrose,
Organic acids and in-organic non sugars role in clarification, Objectives of clarification,
General requirements of good clarification, Bleaching action of sugar cane juice, Juice heating and its
importance, Influence of lime and heat on clarification, Effect of liming in cold and hot conditions, Role of
P2O5, SO2, in clarification, Defecation process, Sulphitation, carbonation process, Merits and demerits of
sulphitation, carbonation process,Working and operation of a juice heater, SO 2 burner, milk of lime
slacker, Dorr-444, Grever clarifier
3. Evaporation, Condensers
Rillieux first,second,third principles with its limitation, Advantages of multiple effect evaporation,Line
sketch of a quadruple effect evaporator. Thermo compression in evaporators, Various features of
evaporator design applied to the multiple effect evaporators, Factors which influence the efficiency of
evaporation, Scale constituents present in the different bodies of evaporators, Write the origin of different
scale forming constituents in evaporator scale, Methods of scales/incrustations removal over the heating
surface of an evaporator, Condensate removal, Entrainment, entrainment catchers used in sugar industry,
Vapour cell or pre evaporator, Condensate removal system, Types of condensers, Construction and
working of Multijet condenser, barometric condensers.
4. Pan boiling and Crystallization
Types of pans, Significance of (S/V) in pans, Principles of pan boiling for three boiling scheme, Essential
requirements for good pan boiling, Advantages and disadvantages of two massecuite boiling scheme, Three
massecuite boiling scheme for white sugar manufacture, Coefficient of super saturation, Various graining
methods, Causes of false grain formation and conglomerates their preventive methods, Factors effecting
crystallization, Conditions influence the character of grain formation, Rate of crystallization, , Movement
water in pans, Advantage of mechanical circulators in pans, Different types of crystallizers.
5. Centrifugation, drying and grading
Centrifugal operation in sugar industry, Centrifugal liners, Washing and steaming in centrifugal, Single,
double, Continuous curing/purging, Advantages and disadvantages of
continuous centrifugal machines, Advantages of fully automatic centrifugal machines,
Advantages of using high speed centrifugal, Drying and grading operations at sugar drier hall, Significance
of drying sugar in keeping quality, Rotary drier, Drying of sugar in centrifugal, State safety factor for white
sugar, Specifications of sugar bagging gunnies as per statutory control, Molasses pits.
60
REFERENCE BOOKS
S.No Title of the book Name of the author

1 Hand book of Cane sugar technology R.B.L Mathur
2 Cane sugar manufacture in india D.P.Kulakarni
3 Hand book of sugar cane Engineering Emile.Hugot
4 Technology in sugar cane growing M.Lakshmikantam
Principles of Sugar technology
5 Pieter Honig
Clarification- Volume-1 (Clarification)
6 Pieter Honig
Clarification- Volume-2 (Crystallization)
7 Pieter Honig
Clarification- Volume-3 (Evaporation &Centrifugation)
8 Introduction to Sugar cane technology Elsevier
9 Training manual for Sugar mills Mangal Singh
10 Introduction to Cane Sugar Technology G.H.Jenkings
11 Cane Sugar Hand book Spencer Meade
12 Hand book for cane Sugar manufacturers
13 Sugar cane cultivation Lucky James
14 The Sugar hand book David w Blymyer
15 Cane Sugar Noel Deerr
16 Sugar House notes and tables Noel Deerr
17 Sugar cane processing and By products of molasses H.Panda
18 Chemical control in sugar factories Nabu press
Production of lump Sugar-Gur Ajith k Ghosh, Ashok K Srivatsava
19
, V.P.Agnihotri
Cane Sugar ( A text book on the Agriculture of the Sugar
20 Noel Deerr, Norman Rodger
Cane)
21 Factors Determining the Keeping Quality of Cane Sugar Kopeloff Nicholas
22 Methods Of Chemical Control In Cane Sugar Factories H. C. Prinsen Geerligs
23 The Deterioration of Cane Sugar in Storage William Ludwell Owen
25 Chinese Sugar Nabu Press
26 Processing and Storage of Sugarcane Juice Thakar Harsh
Table specifying the scope of syllabus to be covered for unit tests:
Unit test Learning outcomes to be covered

Unit test-I From1.1to2.10
Unit test-II From2.11 to 3.15
Unit test-III From4.1 to5.16
61
CH-ST-107 ENGINEERING DRAWING
Course No. of periods Total No. of Marks for Marks for

Course Title
code /week periods FA SA
CH-ST- ENGINEERING
3 90 40 60
107 DRAWING
S. No. of Weightage Short Essay type CO’s

N Unit Title period Allocated answer questions Mappe
o s questions d
Use of Drawing Instruments, Free Hand 2 --
1 10 10 CO1
Lettering and Dimensioning Practice
2 Principles of Geometric Constructions 15 15 1 1 CO2
Projections of points, lines, planes and 1 2
3 20 25 CO3
solids
4 Sectional Views 20 10 1 CO4
5 Orthographic projection 25 20 2 CO5
Total 90 80 4 6
Course Objectives and Course Outcomes
Course
Upon completion of the course the student shall be able to understand the basic graphic skills
Objectiv
and use them in preparation, reading and interpretation of engineering drawings.
es
C CH-
Practice the use of engineering drawing instruments and Familiarize with
O ST-
the conventions to be followed in engineering drawing as per BIS
1 107.1
C CH-
O ST- Construct the i) basic geometrical constructions ii) engineering curves
2 107.2
Course
C CH-
Outcome Visualise and draw the projections of i) Points ii) Lines iii) Regular Planes
O ST-
s iv) Regular Solids
3 107.3
C CH -
O ST- Visualise and draw the sectional views of components
4 107.4
C CH-
O ST- Visualise and draw the orthographic projections of components
5 107.5
PO-CO Mapping
CH-ST-107 PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO1 3 2 2 1 1 2 3 1
CO2 2 1 2 2 2 1 3 1
CO3 1 2 2 1 1 1 2 3 1
CO4 2 1 1 2 2 3 2 2 2
CO5 3 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 3 2
AVERAGE 2.2 1.6 1.8 0.8 1 2 1.6 1.6 2.8 0.8
3: High, 2: Moderate,1: Low
62
LEARNING OUTCOMES
Upon completion of the course the student shall able to
1.0 Use of Drawing Instruments, Free Hand Lettering and Dimensioning Practice
1.1 State the importance of drawing as an engineering communication medium
1.2 Select the correct instruments to draw the different lines / curves.
1.3 Use correct grade of pencil and other instruments to draw different types of lines and for different
purposes
1.4 Identify the steps to be taken to keep the drawing clean and tidy.
1.5 Write titles using vertical and slopping (inclined) lettering and numerals of 7mm, 10mm and
14mm height.
1.6 Acquaint with the conventions, notations, rules and methods of dimensioning in
engineering drawing as per the B.I.S.
1.7 Dimension a given drawing using standard notations and desired system of dimensioning.
2.0 Principles of Geometric Constructions

2.1 Practice the basic geometric constructions like i) dividing a line into equal parts
i) Exterior and interior tangents to the given two circles
ii) Tangent arcs to two given lines and arcs
2.2 Draw any regular polygon using general method when i) side length is given
i) Inscribing circle radius is given ii) describing circle radius is given
2.3 Draw the engineering curves like i) involute ii) cycloid
3.0 Projections of points, lines, planes and solids (All in first quadrant only)
3.1 Explain the basic principles of the orthographic projections
3.2 Visualize and draw the projection of a point with respect to reference planes (HP & VP)
3.3 Visualize and draw the projections of straight lines with respect to two reference
Planes (up to lines parallel to one plane and inclined to other plane)
3.4 Visualise and draw the projections of planes (up to planes perpendicular to one plane and
inclined to other plane)
3.5 Visualise and draw the projections of regular solids like Prisms, Pyramids, Cylinder,
Cone (up to axis of solids parallel to one plane and inclined to other plane)
4.0 Sectional Views

4.1 Identify the need to draw sectional views.
4.2 Draw sectional views of regular solids by applying the principles of hatching.
5.0 Orthographic projection

5.1 Draw the orthographic views of an object from its pictorial drawing.
5.2 Draw the minimum number of views needed to represent a given object fully.
63
Competencies and Key competencies to be achieved by the student
S. Major topic Key Competency

N
o
• Explain the linkages between Engineering drawing
and other subjects of study in Diploma course.
• Select the correct instruments to draw various

Use of Drawing Instruments, Free entities in different orientation
1.
Hand Lettering and Dimensioning • Write titles using sloping and vertical lettering and
Practice numerals as per B.I.S (Bureau of Indian standards)
• Dimension a given drawing using standard

notations and desired system of dimensioning
• Dividing a line into equal parts, tangents to circles,

2. Geometrical construction Construct involute, cycloid from the given data.
Projection of points, Lines, Planes & • Draw the projections of points, straight lines, planes
3.
Solids & solids with respect to reference planes (HP& VP)
• Differentiate between true shape and apparent shape
of section
4. Sectional Views
• Apply principles of hatching.
• Draw simple sections of regular solids
• Draw the minimum number of views needed to
5. Orthographic Projection represent a given object fully.
COURSE CONTENTS:
NOTES: 1. B.I.S Specification should invariably be followed in all the topics.
2. A-3 Size Drawing Sheets are to be used for all Drawing Practice Exercises.
1.0 Use of Drawing Instruments, Free Hand Lettering and Dimensioning Practice
Explanation of the scope and objectives of the subject of Engineering Drawing . Its importance as a
graphic communication -Need for preparing drawing as per standards – SP-46 –1988 – Mention B.I.S -
Role of drawing in -engineering education - Basic Tools, tools for drawing– Mentioning of names under
each classification and their brief description -Scales: Recommended scales reduced & enlarged -Lines:
Types of lines, selection of line thickness - Selection of Pencils -Sheet Sizes: A0, A1, A2, A3, A4, A5,
Layout of drawing sheets in respect of A0, A1, A3 sizes, Sizes of the Title block and its contents - Care
and maintenance of Drawing Sheet,
Importance of lettering – Types of lettering -Guide Lines for Lettering Practicing of letters & numbers of
given sizes (7mm, 10mm and 14mm)-Advantages of single stroke or simple style of lettering - Use of
lettering stencils- Purpose of engineering Drawing, Need of B.I.S code in dimensioning -Shape
description of an Engineering object -Definition of Dimensioning size description -Location of features,
surface finish, fully dimensioned Drawing -Notations or tools of dimensioning, dimension line extension
line, leader line, arrows, symbols, number and notes, rules to be observed in the use of above tools -
Placing dimensions: Aligned system and unidirectional system ( SP-46-1988)-Arrangement of dimensions
Chain, parallel, combined progressive, and dimensioning by co-ordinate methods-The rules for
dimensioning standard, features “Circles (holes) arcs, angles, tapers, chamfers, and dimension of narrow
spaces.
64
2.0 Geometric Constructions
Division of a straight line into given number of equal parts –Drawing interior and exterior tangents to two
circles of given radii and centre distance-Drawing tangent arc of given radius to touch two lines inclined at
given angle (acute, right and obtuse angles), Tangent arc of given radius touching a circle or an arc and a
given line, Tangent arcs of radius R, touching two given circles internally and externally-Construction of
any regular polygon by general method for given side length, inscribing circle radius and
describing/superscripting circle radius - Involute, Cycloid, explanations as locus of a moving point, their
engineering application, viz., Gear tooth profile, screw threads, springs etc. – their construction
3.0 Projection of points, lines and planes and Solids (All in first quadrant only)
Classification of projections, Observer, Object, Projectors, Projection, Reference Planes, Reference Line,
Various angles of projections –Differences between first angle and third angle projections
Projections of points -Projections of straight line –(a) Parallel to both the planes,
(b)Perpendicular to one of the planes and (c) Inclined to one plane and parallel to other planes-Projections
of regular planes-(a) Plane parallel to one of the reference planes, (b) Plane perpendicular to HP and
inclined to VP and vice versa- Projections of regular solids- (a) Axis perpendicular to one of the planes,
(b) Axis parallel to VP and inclined to HP and vice versa.
4.0 Sectional Views

Need for drawing sectional views – what is a sectional view - Hatching – Section of regular solids inclined
to one plane and parallel to other plane
5.0 Orthographic Projections

Meaning of orthographic projection - Using a viewing box and a model – Number of views obtained on
the six faces of the box, - Legible sketches of only 3 views for describing object -Concept of front view,
top view, and side view sketching these views for a number of engineering objects - Explanation of first
angle projection. – Positioning of three views in First angle projection -Projection of points as a means of
locating the corners of the surfaces of an object – Use of meter line in drawing a third view when other
two views are given -Method of representing hidden lines -Selection of minimum number of views to
describe an object fully.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1 Engineering Graphics by P I Varghese – ( McGraw-hill)
2 Engineering Drawing by Basant Agarwal & C.M Agarwal - ( McGraw-hill)
3 Engineering Drawing by N.D.Bhatt.
4 T.S.M. & S.S.M on “ Technical Drawing” prepared by T.T.T.I., Madras.
5 SP-46-1998 – Bureau of Indian Standards.
Table specifying syllabus to be covered for UNIT TEST I, II and III.
Unit Test Learning Outcomes to be Covered

Unit Test – I From 1.1 to 2.3
Unit Test – II From 3.1 to 3.5
Unit Test – III From 4.1 to 5.2
CH-ST-108 WORK SHOP PRACTICE
65
Workshop
CH-ST-108 6 180 40 60
practice
S.No. Major Topics No. of periods

1. Carpentry 48
2. Fitting and welding 72
3. Basic machine operations 44
4. Plumbing 16
TOTAL 180
COURSE TITLE: WORKSHOP PRACTICE

(i) To familiarize with the knowledge different materials tools used in
general Engineering processes
Course (ii) To use various basic implements used in general Engineering processes
Objectives (iii) To know the etiquette of working with the fellow workforce
(iv) To reinforce theoretical concepts by conducting relevant
experiments/exercises
CH-ST Demonstrate the skill of planning and organizing experimental set up for a desired
108.1 purpose
CH-ST Perform precise operations/tasks with Engineering equipment or instrument for
108.2 investigation of Engineering problems
Course CH-ST Observe various parameters, their variations and graphically represent the same
Outcomes 108.3
CH-ST Analyse the experimental results to draw inferences to make recommendations
108.4
CH-ST Practice ethics & etiquette while working in a group and display professionalism
108.5 while communicating as a member and leader in a group
CO & PO’s, PSO’s matrix:

CO’s/PO’s PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO1 3 1 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1
CO2 3 2 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1
CO3 3 1 2 3 2 1 2 1 1 1
CO4 3 1 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1
CO5 3 2 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1
Avg. 3 1.4 2 2.2 2 1 2 1 1 1
LEARNING OUTCOME
1.0 Use of different tools in Carpentry, Fitting, Welding and Turning section of workshop.
2.0 Prepare various carpentry joints, panel boards and cabinet boxes.
3.0 Hacksaw cutting, grinding, thread cutting for metal conduit; G.I. Pipes and roads etc, in fitting
section.
4.0 Handle welding transformer and make lap and butt joints.
5.0 Exercise on lathe like simple turning, step turning, taper turning and knurling.
6.0 Exercise on thread cutting for pipes and rods on Lathes.
7.0 Hand drilling machines and grinding machine.
8.0 Know the basics of plumbing work and applications.
8.1 Know the types of pipe joints.
a. Understand the symbols.
b. Know the materials used pipes.
c. Assembling, threading, joining of pipes.
66
d. Able to understand cross, T, L joints etc.
COURSE CONTENT
Following list of experiments are to be made by every student in the workshop
1. CARPENTRY
1. Exercises on planning, sawing and chiseling
2. Prepare a half lap joint
3. Prepare a Dovetail joint.
4. Prepare a Mortise joint.
5. Prepare a 20 cm X 15 cm Teakwood switch board with hinges and bottom hook.
6. Fix the laminate sheet to the above box and cut suitable holes to mount tone flush type switch, socket.
2. FITTING AND WELDING

1. Exercises to cut a metal conduit, G.I. Pipe and solid rod using hack saw.
2. 3 & 4 Thread cutting of G.I.pipe, metal conduit and solid rod using Die set.
5. & 6. Internal thread cutting using Tap set and cleaning the threads using reamers and make
a hexagonal nut from a round rod.
WELDING
1. Prepare a job and to make a lap joint and finish it using grinder.
2. Prepare a job and make a butt joint and finish it with grinder.
3. Prepare the job and make ‘T’ joint.
3. MACHINE SHOP
Exercise on turning the given rod to get three different diameters using lathe.
Make a bolt and cut threads using lathe.
Cut the threads to G.I. Pipe using lathe.
Prepare a centre punch and knurl its head.
Make a square plate using power hack saw, remove sharp edges using grinder, make triangle and
drill three holes of different diameters at the vertices.
4. PLUMBING
Plumbing work and applications
1. Types of pipe joints.
2. Symbols
3. Materials used for pipes
4. Assembling, Threading, Joining of pipes.
5. Different fittings such as cross, L, T etc.,
CH-ST -109 ENGINEERING PHYSICS LAB

(C-23 curriculum common to all Branches)
67
SUBJECT SUBJECT CODE NUMBER TOTAL PERIODS
PERIODS
PER WEEK
PHYSICS LAB CH-ST -109 03 45
S.No List of experiments No. ofPeriods COs
1. Vernier calipers 03 CO1

2. Micrometer (Screw gauge) 03
3. Verification of Lami’s theorem using concurrent forces 03
4. Determination of g using simple pendulum 03 CO2
5. Focal length and power of convex lens 03
6. Refractive index of solid using travelling microscope 03
7. Verification of Boyle’s law using Quill tube 03 CO3
8 Determination of pole strength of the bar magnet through magnetic field lines 03
9 Resonance apparatus – Determination of velocity of sound in air 03
10 Meter bridge – Determination of resistance and specific resistance of a wire 03 CO4
11 Verification of Newton’s law of cooling 03
12 Photo electric cell – Study of its characteristics 03
(1) To provide strong practical knowledge of Physics to serve as a tool for various device
applications in Engineering.
Course (2) To enhance scientific skills of the students by incorporating new experiments so as to
objectives enrich the technical expertise of the students as required for industries.
Improving accuracy in various measurements; understanding the nature of the forces

C keeping the body in equilibrium.
O
1
Estimating the acceleration caused by the gravity of earth; Practical study of the concepts of
C refraction of light at curved/plane surface
COURS
O
E
2
OUTCO
MES
Understanding the pressure of the gas as function of its volume; study of the combined
C magnetic field of the earth and an artificial magnet to estimate its pole strength; Estimating
O the velocity of sound in air through resonance phenomenon.
3
68
Applying Kirchoff’s laws to evaluate the specific resistance of a wire; Study of exchange of
C heat from system to surrounding by graphical analysis; Conversion of light to micro
O currents as potential engineering application.
4
CO-PO MAPPING
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7
CO1 3 2 2 2 2 1 2
CO2 3 1 1 1 1 1
CO3 3 2 1
CO4 3 2 2 1 2
3 = strongly mapped, 2 = moderately mapped, 1 = slightly mapped
CO-PO Mapping Strength
Course code Engineering Physics No of periods 45

CHST -109 No of Course Objectives : 4
POs MAPPED CO periods addressing POLevel

in remarks
with CO No Col 1 1,2,3
NO %
PO1 CO1,CO2,CO3,CO4 15 33.3 % 2 >40% level 3

(highly addressed)
PO2 CO1,CO3, CO4 8 17.8% 1
25% to 40% level 2
(moderately addressed)
PO3 CO1, CO2, CO4 6 13.3% 1
5% to 25% level 1 (Low
PO4 CO1, CO2 3 6.7% 1 addressed)
PO5 CO1,CO2, CO3 5 11.1% 1 < 5%

(not addressed)
PO6 CO1, CO2, CO4 3 6.7% 1
PO7 CO1, CO2, CO4 5 11.1% 1
Note: The gaps in CO and PO mapping will be achieved by one or more appropriate activities from the following.
(i) Seminars (ii) Viva-voce (iii) Assignments

(iv) Quiz competitions (v) Industrial visits (vi) Tech fest (vii) Mini project
(viii) Group discussions (ix) Virtual labs (x) Library visit for e-books
69
Name of the Experiment (No of
Competencies Key competencies
Periods)
1. Hands on practice on Vernier • Find the Least count • Read the scales
Calipers(03) • Fix the specimen in posit • Calculate the requisite
• Read the scales physical quantities of given
• Calculate the physical objects
quantities of given object
2. Hands on practice on Screw • Find the Least count • Read the scales
gauge(03) • Fix the specimen in posit • Calculate thickness of
• Read the scales given glass plate
• Calculate thickness of glass • Calculate cross section
place and cross section of wire and of wire and other quantities
other quantities
3. Verification of Parallelogram law • Fix suitable weights • Find the angle at

of forces and Triangle law of • Note the positions of equilibrium point
forces(03) threads on drawing sheet • Constructing
• Find the angle at parallelogram
equilibrium point • Construct triangle
• Construct parallelogram • Compare the ratios of
• Compare the measured force and length
diagonal
• Construct triangle
• Find the length of sides
• Compare the ratios
4. Simple pendulum(03) Fix the simple pendulum • Find the time for number
• • to the stand •• of oscillations
• Adjust the length of • Find the time period
pendulum Calculate the
Find the time for number acceleration due to
of oscillations gravity
Find the time period Draw l-T and l-T2 graph
Calculate the
acceleration due to
gravity
Draw l-T and l-T2 graph
70
Name of the Experiment(Periods) Competencies Key competencies
5. Focal length and Focal power of • Calculate the focal length

convex lens (Separate & • and power of convex lens
Combination) (03) Fix the object distance Draw u-v and 1/u – 1/v
Find the Image distance graphs
Calculate the focal length
•••
and power of convex lens
•
and combination of
convex lenses Draw u-v
and 1/u – 1/v graphs
6 Refractive index of solid using • Find the least count of • Read the scale
traveling microscope(03) • vernier on microscope • Calculate the refractive
• Place the graph paper index of glass slab
• below microscope
Read the scale
Calculate the refractive
index of glass slab
7 . Boyle’s law verification (03) • Note the atmospheric •• Find the length of air
••• pressure • column
• Fix the quill tube to retort Find the pressure of
stand enclosed air
Find the length of air Find the value P x l
column
Find the pressure of
enclosed air
Find and compare the
calculated value P x l
Name of the Experiment Competencies Key competencies

8. Mapping of magnet lines of •• Draw magnetic meridian Draw magnetic lines of
force(03) • Placed the bar magnet in • force
• NN and NS • Locate the neutral
directions Draw points along
magnetic lines of equatorial and axial
force lines
Locate the neutral points
along equatorial and axial
lines
71
9. Velocity of sound in air • Arrange the resonance •• Adjust the reservoir level
–Resonance method (03) • apparatus • Find the first and second
• Adjust the reservoir level resonanting lengths
• for booming sound Calculate velocity of
Find the first and second sound at room
resonanting lengths temperature
Calculate velocity of Calculate velocity of
sound sound at
00 C
10 Meter bridge(03) ••• Make the circuit • Find the balancing length
• connections • Calculate unknown
• Find the balancing length resistance Calculate the
Calculate unknown specific resistance
resistance
Find the radius of wire
Calculate the specific
resistance
Scheme of Valuation for End Practical Examination :
Activity Marks
For writing, Apparatus, formulae, least count (if applicable) 5
Procedure & precautions 5
Drawing Tables 3
Readings, calculations, graph (if applicable), reporting the findings 12

Viva-voce 5
Total marks 30
72
CHEMISTRY LABORATORY
(C-23 curriculum common to all Branches)
Subject Title :Chemistry Laboratory

Subject Code :CH-ST-110
Periodsper week :03
Totalperiodsperyear :45
CO Operate and practice volumetric apparatus and preparation of standard solution

1
CO Evaluate and judge the neutralization point in acid base titration
2
CO Evaluate the end point of reduction and oxidation reaction
3
CO Judge the stable end point of complex formation, stable precipitation
4
CO Judge operate and demonstrate and perform precise operations with instrument for investigation of
5 water pollution parameters
TIMESCHEDULE
S.N No.ofPeri Mapped with
Name of the Experiment
o ods COs
a)1.
Recognition of chemical substances and solutions used in the
laboratory by senses. CO1
b) Familiarization of methods for Volumetricanalysis 03
Preparation
2. of StdNa2CO3 and making solutions of different dilution solution. 03 CO1
3. EstimationofHClsolutionusingStd.Na2CO3solution 03 CO2
4. EstimationofNaOHusingStd.HCl solution 03 CO2
Determinationofacidityofwatersample
5 03
03 CO2
CO2
Determinationofalkalinityofwatersample
6 03
03 CO2
CO2
EstimationofMohr’sSalt
7. usingStd.KMnO4 03 CO3
Estimation
8. of Ferrous ion by using Std. K2Cr2O7 03 CO3
DeterminationoftotalhardnessofwaterusingStd.EDTAsolution
9. 03 CO4
EstimationofChloridespresentinwatersample
10. 03 CO4
EstimationofDissolvedOxygen(D.O)inwatersample
11. 03 CO5
12. DeterminationofpHusingpHmeter 03 CO5
13 Determinationofconductivityofwater and adjusting ionic strength required 03 CO5
. level.
14. Determinationofturbidityofwater 03 CO5
15. Estimationoftotalsolidspresentinwatersample 03 CO5
Total: 45
73
PO- CO mapping
CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO1 2 1 - 2 - - - - - -
CO2 2 1 - 2 2 - - - - -
CO3 2 1 - 2 2 - - - - -
CO4 2 1 - 2 2 - - - - -
CO5 2 1 - 2 2 - - - - -
3=strongly mapped 2= moderately mapped 1= slightly mapped
Course code
Chemistry Laboratory
Common- No. of periods : 45
No. of CO’s:5
110
CO periods
Mapped with addressing Level
POs % Remarks
CO No. PO in Col. 1,2,3
No. 1
CO1,CO2,CO3, >40%
PO1 12 26.66 2
CO4,CO5 Level 3 (highly
CO1,CO2,CO3, addressed)
PO2 9 20 1
CO4,CO5
PO3 25% to 40%
CO1,CO2,CO3, Level 2
PO4 12 26.66 2 (moderately
CO4,CO5
CO2,CO3, addressed)
PO5 12 26.66 2
CO4,CO5
PO6 - - - - 5% to 25%
Level1 (Low
addressed)
PO7 - - - -
< 5%(not
addressed)
Note: The gaps in CO and PO mapping will be achieved by one or more appropriate activities
from the following: i) Seminars ii) Tutorials iii) Guest Lectures iv) Assignments v) Quiz competitions
vi) Industrial visit vii) Tech Fest viii) Mini project ix) Group discussions x) Virtual classes xi) Library
visit for e-books
74
Objectives:
1.0 Upon completion of the course the student shall be able to
1.0 To identify the chemical compounds and solutions by senses.
Practice volumetric measurements (using pipettes, measuring jars, volumetric flask, burettes)
and gravimetric measurements (using different types of balances), making dilutions, etc.
2.0 Practice making standard solutions with pre weighed salts and to make solutions of desired dilutions
using appropriate techniques.
3.0 Conduct titrations adopting standard procedures and using Std. Na2CO3 solution for estimation of HCl.
4.0 Conduct titrations adopting standard procedures and using Std. HCl solution for estimation of NaOH.
5.0 Conduct titrations adopting standard procedures to determine the acidity of given
samples of water (One ground water and one surface / tap water, and rain water if available).
6.0 Conduct titrations adopting standard procedures to determine the alkalinity of given
samples of water (One ground water and one surface / tap water).
7.0 Conduct titrations adopting standard procedures and using Std.KMnO4 solution for estimation of
Mohr’sSalt.
8.0 Conduct titrations adopting standard procedures and using Std.K2Cr2O7 solution for estimation of
Ferrous ion.
9.0 Conduct titrations adopting standard procedures to determine the total hardness of given samples of
water (One ground water and one surface / tap water) using Std. EDTA solution.
10. Conduct titrations adopting standard procedures to determine the chlorides present in the given
samples of water (One ground water and one surface / tap water) using Std. AgNO3 solution.
11. Conduct the test using titrimetric / electrometric method to determine. Dissolved Oxygen (D.O) in the
given water samples (One sample from closed container and one from open container / tap water) by
Std. Hypo solution.
12. Conduct the test on given samples of water / solutions (like soft drinks, sewage, etc.) to determine their
pH using standard pH meter.
13. Conduct the test on given samples of water / solutions.

a) to determine conductivity.
b) to adjust the ionic strength of the sample to the desired value.
14. Conduct the test on given samples of solutions (coloured and non-coloured) to determine their turbidity
in NTU.
15. Determine the total solids present in given samples of water (One ground water and one surface / tap
water).
75
Name of the Experiment

Competencies Key competencies
(No of Periods)
Recognition of chemical substances
and solutions.
-
Familiarization of methods for
Volumetric analysis. --
(03)
▪ Weighing the salt to the ▪ Weighing the salt to the

accuracy of .01 mg. accuracy of 0.01 mg.
Preparation of Std.Na2CO3 solution ▪ Measuring the water with ▪ Measuring the water with
and making solutions of volumetric flask, measuring jar, volumetric flask, measuring jar,
different dilutions. (03) volumetric pipette and graduated volumetric pipette and graduated
pipette. pipette.
▪ Making appropriate dilutions. ▪ Making appropriate dilutions.
Estimation of HCl solution
using Std. Na2CO3 solution. ▪ Cleaning the glassware and
(03) rinsing with appropriate
Estimation of NaOH using Std. solutions.
HCl solution. (03) ▪ Making standard solutions.
Determination of acidity of ▪ Measuring accurately the
water sample. (03) standard solutions and titrants.
Determination of alkalinity of water ▪ Filling the burette with titrant.
sample. (03) ▪ Fixing the burette to the stand.
▪ Effectively Controlling the flow ▪ Making standard solutions.
Estimation of Mohr’s Salt ▪ Measuring accurately the
usingStd.KMnO4solution. (03) of the titrant.
▪ Identifying the end point. standard solutions and titrants.
▪ Making accurate observations. ▪ Effectively Controlling the flow
Estimation of Ferrous ion by using
Std.K2Cr2O7.solution (03) ▪ Calculating the results. of the titrant.
▪ Identifying the end point.
Determination of total hardness of ▪ Making accurate observations.
water using Std. EDTA
solution. (03)
Estimation of Chlorides present in

water sample using Std.
AgNO3 solution (03)
Estimation of Dissolved
Oxygen(D.O) in water sample
(By titration method) (03)
▪ Familiarize with instrument. ▪ Prepare standard solutions /

Determination of pH using pH
▪ Choose appropriate ‘Mode’ / buffers, etc.
meter. (03)
76
Determination of conductivity ‘Unit’. ▪ Standardize the instrument
of water and adjusting ionic ▪ Prepare standard solutions / with appropriate standard
strength to required level. (03) buffers, etc. solutions.
▪ Standardize the instrument ▪ Plot the standard curve.
with appropriate standard ▪ Make measurements
solutions. accurately.
▪ Plot the standard curve.
Determination of turbidity of ▪ Make measurements
water. (03) accurately.
▪ Follow Safety precautions.
▪ Measuring the accurate

volume and weight of
sample.
▪ Filtering and air drying ▪ Measuring the accurate
without losing any filtrate. volume and weight of
▪ Accurately weighing the sample.
Estimation of total solids filter paper, crucible and ▪ Filtering and air drying
present in water sample. (03) filtrate. without losing any filtrate.
▪ Drying the crucible in an ▪ Accurately weighing the
oven. filter paper, crucible and
filtrate.
SCHEME OF VALUATION
A) Writing Chemicals, apparatus, principle and procedure. 5M

B) Demonstrated competencies. 20M
Making standard solutions.
Measuring accurately the standard solutions and titrants.
Effectively controlling the flow of the titrant.
Identifying the end point.
Making accurate observations.
C) Viva-voce. 5M
Total 30M
77
CH-ST-111Computer Fundamentals Lab
Course No. of Total No. of Marks for Marks for

code Course Title Periods/Weeks periods FA SA
Computer
CH-ST-
Fundamentals 3 90 40 60
111
Lab
Time schedule:
S.No. Chapter/Unit Title No. of sessions No.of Periods
each of 3 periods
duration
1. Computer hardware Basics 2 6
2. Windows Operating 2 6
System
3. MS Word 8 24
4. MS Excel 7 21
5. MS PowerPoint 5 15
6. Adobe Photoshop 6 18
Total 30 90
periods
S.No. Chapter/Unit Title No. of Periods CO’s Mapped

1. Computer hardware Basics 6 CO1
2. Windows Operating System 6 CO1
3. MS Word 24 CO2
4. MS Excel 21 CO3
5. MS PowerPoint 15 CO4
6 Adobe Photoshop 18 CO5
Total periods 90
Course i)To know Hardware Basics ii)To

Object familiarize operating systems
ives iii)To use MS Office effectively to enable to students use these skills in future courses iv)
To use Adobe Photoshop in image editing.
At the end of the course students will be able to

CO CH-ST- Identify hardware and software components
1 111.1
CO CH-ST- Prepare documents with given specifications using word processing
2 111.2 software
Course
Outcom CO CH-ST- Use Spread sheet software to make calculation and to draw various
es 3 111.3 graphs / charts.
CO CH-ST- Use Power point software to develop effective presentation for a given
4 111.4 theme or topic.
CO CH-ST- Edit digital or scanned images using Photoshop
5 111.5
78
CO-PO/PSO MATRIX
CO NO. PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CH-ST-111.1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3
CH-ST-111.2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3
CH-ST-111.3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3
CH-ST-111.4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3
CH-ST-111.5 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3
Average 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3
3=Strongly mapped , 2=moderately mapped, 1=slightly mapped
Learning Outcomes:
I. Computer Hardware Basics
a).To Familiarize with Computer system and hardware connections
b).To Start and Shut down Computer correctly
c).To check the software details of the computer
2. To check the hardware present in your computer
II. Windows’s operating system

3. To Explore Windows Desktop
4. Working with Files and Folders
5. Windows Accessories: Calculator – Notepad – WordPad – MS Paint
III. Practice with MS-WORD

6. To familiarize with Ribbon layout of MS Word
Home – Insert- Page layout – References – Review- View.
7. To practice Word Processing Basics
8. To practice Formatting techniques
9. To insert a table of required number of rows and columns
10. To insert Objects, Clipart and Hyperlinks
11. To use Mail Merge feature of MS Word
12. To use Equations and symbols features
IV.Practice with MS-EXCEL

13. To familiarize with MS-EXCEL layout
14. To access and enter data in the cells
15. To edit a spread sheet- Copy, Cut, Paste, and selecting Cells
16. To use built in functions and Formatting Data
17. To create Excel Functions, Filling Cells 18. To enter a Formula for automatic calculations
19. To sort and filter data in table.
20. To present data using Excel Graphs and Charts.
21. To develop lab reports of respective discipline.
22. To format a Worksheet in Excel, Page Setup and Print
V. Practice with MS-POWERPOINT

23. To familiarize with Ribbon layout features of PowerPoint 2007.
24. To create a simple PowerPoint Presentation
25. To set up a Master Slide in PowerPoint
26. To insert Text and Objects
27. To insert a Flow Charts
28. To insert a Table
29. To insert a Charts/Graphs
30. To insert video and audio
79
31. To practice Animating text and objects
32. To Review presentation
VI. Practice with Adobe Photoshop
33.To familiarize with standard toolbox

34. To edit a photograph.
35. To insert Borders around photograph.
36. To change Background of a Photograph.
37. To change colours of Photograph
38. To prepare a cover page for the book in your subject area.
39. To adjust the brightness and contrast of the picture so that it gives an elegant look.
40. To type a word and apply the shadow emboss effects.
Key competencies:
Exp Name of Experiment Competencies Key competencies
t No
1 To familiarize with a. Identify the parts of a Connect cables to external
(a). Computer system and Computer system: i). CPU ii). hardware and operate the
hardware connections Mother Board iii) Monitor iv) computer
CD/DVD Drive v) Power
Switch vi) Start Button vii)
Reset Button
b. Identify and connect various
peripherals
c. Identify and connect the
cables used with computer system
d. Identify various ports on
CPU and connect Keyboard &
Mouse
1 To Start and Shut down a. Log in using the password a. Login and logout as per
(b). Computer correctly b. Start and shut down the the standard procedure
computer b. Operate mouse
c. Use Mouse and Key Board &Key Board
1 To Explore a.
Windows Familiarize with Start Menu, a. Access application
(c). Desktop Taskbar, Icons and Shortcuts programs using
Start menu
b. Access application programs b. Use taskbar and Task
using Start menu, Task manager manager
c. Use Help support
2. To check the software a. Find the Access the properties of

details of the computer details of computer and
Operating System being used find the details
b. Find the details of
Service Pack installed
80
3 To check the a. Find the CPU name and clock a. Access device manager
. hardware present in speed and find the details
your computer b. Find the details of RAM and b. Type /Navigate the
Hard disk present correct path and Select icon
c. Access Device manager using related to the details required
Control Panel and check the status of
devices like mouse and key board
d. Use My Computer to check the
details of Hard drives and partitions
e. Use the Taskbar
4Working with Files a. Create folders and organizing files in a.Create files and folders Rename
. and different folders , arrange and search
Folders for the required folder/file
b. Use copy / paste move commands to
organize files
and folders
c. Arrange icons – name wise, size, b.Restore deleted files from

Working with Files type, Modified Recycle bin
and d. Search a file or folder and find its
Folders path
Continued.... e. Create shortcut to files and folders
(in other folders) on
Desktop
f. Familiarize with the use of
My Documents
g. Familiarize with the use of
Recycle Bin
5 To use a. Familiarize with the use of a. Use windows accessories
. Windows Calculator and select correct text editor
Accessories: b. Access Calculator using Run based on the situation.
Calculator – command
Notepad – c. Create Text Files using Notepad b. Use MS pain to create
WordPad – MS and WordPad and observe the difference in /Edit pictures and save in the
Paint file size required format.
d. Use MS paint and create .jpeg,
.bmp files using MS Paint
6To familiarize with a. Create/Open a document a. Create a Document and

. Ribbon layout of b. Use Save and Save as features name
MS word. – c. Work on two Word documents appropriately and save
Home – Insert- simultaneously b. Set paper size and print
page layout- d. Choose correct Paper size and options
References- Printing options
Review-View
81
7 To practice Word a. Typing text a. Use key board
. Processing Basics b. Keyboard usage and mouse to
c. Use mouse (Left click / Right click / enter/edit text in the
Scroll) document.
d. Use Keyboard shortcuts b. Use shortcuts
e. Use Find and Replace c. Use spell
features in MS- word check/ Grammar
f. Use Undo and Redo Features features
g. Use spell check to correct Spellings and for auto corrections.
Grammar
8 To practice a. Formatting Text a. Format Text

. Formatting b. Formatting Paragraphs and paragraphs and
techniques c. Setting Tabs use various text
d. Formatting Pages styles.
e. The Styles of Word b. Use bullets
f. Insert bullets and numbers and numbers to
g. Themes and Templates create
h. Insert page numbers, header and footer lists
c. Use
Templates
/Themes
d. Insert page
numbers date,
headers and footers
9 To insert a table of a. Edit the table by adding the fields – a. Insert table in
. required number Deleting rows and columns –inserting sub table – the word document
of rows and marking borders. Merging and splitting of cells in and edit
columns a Table b. Use sort
b. Changing the background colour of the option for arranging
table data.
c. Use table design tools
d. Use auto fit – fixed row/ column
height/length – Even distribution of rows /
columns features
e. Convert Text to table and
Table to Text
f. Use Sort feature of the Table to
arrange data in
ascending/descending order
1 To Insert objects, a. Create a 2-page document. &Insert a. Insert

0 clipart and hyperlinks and t Bookmarks. hyperlinks
. Hyperlinks b. Create an organization chart &Bookmarks
c. Practice examples like preparing an b. Create
Examination schedule notice with a hyperlink to organization
Exam schedule table. charts/flow charts
1 To Use Mail merge a. Use mail merge to prepare Use Mail merge feature
1 feature of MS Word individually addressed letters
. b. Use mail merge to print
envelopes.
82
1 To use Equations a. Explore various symbols available Enter Mathematical symbols and
2 and symbols in MS Word Equations in the word document
. features. b. Insert a symbol in the text
c. Insert mathematical equations in
the document
1 To Practice with a. Open /create an MS Excel a. Familiarize with
3 MS-EXCEL spreadsheet and familiarize with MS excel layout and use
. Excel 2007 layout like b. Use various features
MS office Button- available in toolbar
b. Use Quick Access Toolbar- Title
Bar- Ribbon-Worksheets-
Formula Bar-Status Bar
1 To access and Enter a. Move Around a Worksheets- a. Access and select the
4 data in the cells Quick access -Select Cells required cells by various
. b. Enter Data-Edit a Cell-Wrap addressing methods
Text-Delete a Cell Entry-Save a File- b. Enter data and edit
Close Excel
1 To edit spread a. Insert and Delete Columns Format the excel sheet
5 sheet Copy, and Rows-Create Borders-
. Cut, Paste, and Merge and Center
selecting cells b. Add Background ColorChange
the Font, Font Size, and Font Color
c. Format text with Bold, Italicize,
and Underline-Work with Long Text-
Change a
Column's Width
1 To use built in a. Perform Mathematical Use built in functions in Excel

6 functions and Calculations verify -AutoSum
. Formatting Data b. Perform Automatic
Calculations-Align Cell Entries
1 To enter a Formula a. Enter formula

7 for automatic b. Use Cell References in Enter formula for automatic
. calculations Formulae calculations
c. Use Automatic updating function
of Excel Formulae
d. Use Mathematical Operators in
Formulae
e. Use Excel Error Message and
Help
83
1 To Create Excel Functions, a. Use Reference a. Create Excel sheets
8 Filling Cells Operators involving cross references and
. b. Work with sum, equations
Sum if , b. Use the advanced functions
Count and Count If for conditional calculations
Functions
c. Fill Cells
Automatically
1 To sort and filter data in table a. Sort data in a. Refine the data in a worksheet
9 multiple columns and keep it organized
. b. Sort data in a row b. Narrow a worksheet by
c. Sort data using selecting specific choice
Custom order
d. Filter data in work
sheet
2 To Practice Excel Graphs and a. Produce an Excel a. Use data in Excel sheet to
0 Charts Pie Chart Create technical charts and graphs
. b. Produce Produce Excel
c. Excel Column Line Graph
Chart b. Produce a
Pictograph in
Excel
2 To develop lab reports of eate Lab reports using a.Insert Practical subject name in
1 respective discipline MS Word and Excel Header and page numbers in Footer
.
2 To format a Worksheet in a. Shade alternate a. Format Excel sheet

2 Excel, page setup and print rows of data b. Insert headers &footers and
. b. Add currency and print
percentage symbols
c. Change height of
a row and width of a
column
d. Change data
alignment
e. Insert Headers
and Footers
f. Set Print Options
and Print
84
2 To familiarize with Ribbon Use various Access required options in the tool bar
3 layout &features of options in
. PowerPoint 2007. PowerPoint a.
Home
b. Insert
c. Design
d. Animation
e. Slideshow
f. View
g. Review
2 To create a simple a. Insert a New Slide a. Create simple PowerPoint

4 PowerPoint Presentation into presentation with photographs/Clip Art
. PowerPoint and text boxes
b. Change the Title of b. Use bullets option
a
PowerPoint Slide
c. PowerPoint Bullets
d. Add an Image to a
PowerPoint Slide
e. Add a Textbox to a
PowerPoint slide
2 To Set up a Master a. Create a a. Setup Master slide and format
5 Slide in PowerPoint and PowerPoint Design b. Add notes
. add notes Template
b. Modify themes
c. Switch between
Slide master view and
Normal view
d. Format a Design
Template
Master Slide
e. Add a Title Slide to
a Design
Template
f. The Slide Show
Footer in
PowerPoint
g. Add Notes to a
PowerPoint
Presentation
2 To Insert Text and a. Insert Text and Insert Text and Objects
6 Objects objects Use 3d features
. b. Set Indents and line
spacing
c. Insert pictures/
clipart
d. Format pictures
e. Insert shapes and
word art
f. Use 3d features
g. Arrange objects
85
2 To insert a Flow Chart / a. Create a Flow Create organizational charts and flow
7 Organizational Charts Chart in charts using smart art
. PowerPoint
b. Group and
Ungroup Shapes
c. Use smart art
2 To insert a Table a. PowerPoint Tables Insert tables and format
8 b. Format the Table
. Data
c. Change Table
Background
d. Format Series
Legend
2 To insert a a. Create 3D Bar Create charts and Bar graphs, Pie Charts
9 Charts/Graphs Graphs in and format.
. PowerPoint
b. Work with the
PowerPoint
Datasheet
c. Format a
PowerPoint Chart
Axis
d. Format the Bars of
a Chart
e. Create PowerPoint
Pie Charts
f. Use Pie Chart
Segments
g. Create 2D Bar
Charts in
PowerPoint
h. Format the 2D
Chart
e.Format a Chart
Background
3 To Insert audio & a. Insert sounds in the slide and a. Insert Sounds and Video
0 video, hide the audio symbol in appropriate format.
. Hyperlinks in a b. Adjust the volume in the settings b. Add narration to the slide
slide c. Insert video file in the format c. Use hyperlinks to switch
Add narration to the supported by PowerPoint in a slide to different slides and files
slide d. Use automatic and on click
options
e. Add narration to the slide
f. Insert Hyperlinks
3 To Practice a. Apply transitions to slides Add animation effects
1 Animation effects b. To explore and practice special
. animation effects like
Entrance, Emphasis, Motion
Paths &Exit
86
3 Reviewing a. Checking spelling and grammar a. Use Spell check and
2 presentation b. Previewing presentation Grammar feature
. c. Set up slide show b. Setup slide show
d. Set up resolution c. Add timing to the slides
e. Exercise with Rehearse d. Setup automatic slide
Timings feature in PowerPoint show
f. Use PowerPoint Pen Tool during
slide show
g. Saving
h. Printing presentation
(a) Slides
(b) Hand-out
3 To familiarize with a. Open Adobe Photoshop Open a photograph and save it in

3 standard toolbox b. Use various tools such as Photoshop
i. The Layer Tool
ii. The Color& Swatches Tool
iii. Custom Fonts & The Text
Tool iv.Brush Tool
v. The Select Tool
vi. The Move Tool vii.The
Zoom Tool
viii.The Eraser ix.The
Crop Tool
x.The Fill Tool
3 To edit a a. Use the Crop tool a. Able to edit image by using

4 photograph b. Trim edges corresponding tools.
c. Change the shape and size of a
photo
d. Remove the part of photograph
including graphics and text
3 To insert Borders a. Start with a single background layer Able to create a border
5 around photograph b. Bring the background forward or frame around an
c. Enlarge the canvas image to add visual
d. Create a border color interest to a photo
e. Send the border color to the back
f. Experiment with different colors
3 To change a. open the foreground and background Able to swap

6 Background of a image background elements
Photograph b. Use different selection tools to paint using the Select and
over the image Mask tool and layers.
c. Copy background image and paste it on
the foreground.
d. Resize and/or drag the background
image to reposition.
e. In the Layers panel, drag the background
layer below the foreground image layer.
87
3 To change colors of a. Change colors using: Able to control color
7 Photograph i) Color Replacement tool ii) Hue/Saturation saturation
adjustment
layer tool
3 To prepare a cover a. open a file with height 500 and width Able to prepare cover
8 page for the book in 400 for the cover page. page for the book
subject area b. apply two different colors to work area
by dividing it into two parts using Rectangle
tool.
c. Copy any picture and place it on work

area→ resize it using free transform tool.
d. Type text and apply color and style
e. Apply effects using blended options
3 To adjust the a. open a file. Able to control

9 brightness and b. Go to image→ adjustments→ brightness/contra st.
contrast of picture to Brightness/Contrast.
give an elegant look c. adjust the brightness and contrast.
d. Save the image.
4 To type a word and a. open a file Able to apply shadow

0 apply b. Select the text tool and type text. emboss
the shadow emboss c. Select the typed text go to layer→ layer effects
effects style→ blended option→ drop shadow, inner
shadow, bevel and emboss→ contour→ satin→
gradient overlay
d. Save the image.
Table specifying the scope of syllabus to be covered for unit tests

Unit test-1 From 1 to 8
88
CURRICULUM-2023
III SEMESTER
Instruction
Periods/Week
Periods
Name of the End
Sub Code Per Duratio
Subject Practical’ Sessional Exam Total
Theory Semeste n
s r Marks Mark Marks
(hrs)
s
THEORY SUBJECTS
Engineering
CH-ST-301
Mathematics-II 4 - 60 3 20 80 100
Physical and
CH-ST-302 Organic
5 - 75 3 20 80 100
chemistry
General
CH-ST-303 Chemical
6 - 90 3 20 80 100
Technology
100
CH-ST-304 Fluid Mechanics 5 3 20 80
- 75
CH-ST-305 Heat Transfer 4 3 20 80 100

- 60
PRACTICAL SUBJECTS
Physical and
Organic
CH-ST-306 chemistry 6 90 3 40 60 100
-
Laboratory
Fluid Mechanics
CH-ST-307 - 3 40 60 100
Laboratory 3 45
Heat Transfer
CH-ST-308 - 3 45 3 40 60 100
Laboratory
General
Chemical 40 60 100
CH-ST-309 - 3 45 3
Technology
Laboratory
Student
- 3 45
Activities
Total 24 18 630 - 260 640 900

89
C-23
No. of Total No. of Marks for Marks for

Course Course Title Periods/week periods FA SA
Code
Engineering
CH-ST-301 4 60 20 80
Mathematics-II
TIME SCHEDULE
S.No. Chapter/Unit title No. of Marks Allotted Short Type Essay Type COs mapped
Periods
Unit – I: Indefinite integration
1 Indefinite integration 20 32 4 2 CO1
Unit – II: Definite Integration and its applications
2 Definite Integrals 5 11 2 1/2 CO2
3 Area of curves 2 3 1 0 CO2
4 Mean and RMS values 3 8 1 1/2 CO2
Unit – III: Differential Equations
5 Introduction to 5 3 1 0 CO3
Differential Equations
6 Solution of first order 4 10 0 1 CO3
differential equations
7 Solution of second 4 10 0 1 CO3
order homogeneous
differential equations
Unit - IV Laplace transforms & Fourier series
8 Laplace Transforms 5 10 1 CO4
9 Inverse Laplace 5 10 1 CO4
Transforms
10 Fourier Series 7 13 1 1 CO4
Total 60 110 10 8
Marks 30 80
I. To understand the concepts of indefinite integrals and definite integrals with

Course applications to engineering problems.
Objectives II. To understand the formation of differential equations and learn various
methods of solving first order differential equations.
III. To learn the principles of solving homogeneous differential equations of second
order.
IV. To comprehend and understand the concepts of Laplace transformations and
Fourier series.
CO1 Integrate various functions using different methods.

CO2 Evaluate definite integrals and learn its applications.
Obtain differential equations and solve differential equations of first order and
Course CO3
first degree. Solve homogeneous differential equations of second order.
Outcomes
Find Laplace Transforms of various functions and expand the given functions as
CO4
Fourier series.
90
CO/PO – Mapping
CO1 3 2 2 1 3 2 2
CO2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
CO3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
CO4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Avg. 3 2.75 2.75 2.5 3 2.75 2.75
column I Level
PO Mapped with CO
(1,2 or Remarks
no no
3)
Number %
CO1, CO2, 60
1 100% 3
CO3,CO4 (20+10+13+17) >40% Level 3
CO1, CO2, 29 Highly addressed
2 48.3% 3
CO3,CO4 (6+5+6+12)
CO1, CO2, 29 48.3% 25% to 40% Level 2 Moderately
3 3
CO3,C04 (6+5+6+12) addressed
CO1, CO2, 27 45%
4 3
CO3,CO4 (4+5+6+12) 5% to 25% Level 1 Low
5 addressed
6
7 <5% Not addressed
PSO CO1, CO2,
60 100% 3
1 CO3,CO4
PSO CO1, CO2, 29 48.3%
3
2 CO3,CO4 (6+5+6+12)
PSO CO1, CO2, 29 48.3%
3
3 CO3,CO4 (6+5+6+12)
91
C-23
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS – II
Learning Outcomes
Unit-I
C.O. 1 Integrate various functions using different methods.

L.O.1.1. Explain the concept of Indefinite integral as an anti-derivative.
1.2. State the indefinite integral of standard functions and properties of  (u + v) dx and  k u dx where
u, v are functions of x andk is constant.
1.3. Solve problems involvingstandard functions using the above rules.
1.4. Evaluate integrals involving simple functions of the following type by the method of substitution.
i)  f (ax + b) dx ,where f(x)is in standard form.
 ( f ( x)) f ( x) dx
n
ii)
iii)  [ f ( x) / f ( x)] dx
iv)  [ f ( g ( x))] g ( x)dx

1.5. Find the integrals of tan x, cot x, sec x and cosec x using the above.
1.6. Evaluate the Standard integrals of the functions of the type
1 1 1
i) 2 , 2 , 2
a + x a − x x − a2
2 2
1 1 1
ii) , ,
a +x
2 2
a −x
2 2
x − a2
2
iii) x 2 − a 2 , x 2 + a 2 , a 2 − x 2
1.7. Evaluate integrals using decomposition method.
1.8. Solve problems using integration by parts.
1.9 UseBernoulli’s rule for evaluating the integrals of the form  u.vdx .

1.10. Evaluate the integrals of the form e x [ f ( x) + f ( x)] dx
Unit-II
C.O.2 Evaluate definite integrals with applications.
L.O.2.1. State the fundamental theorem of integral calculus
2.2. Explain the concept of definite integral.
2.3. Solve simple problems on definite integrals over an interval using the above concept.
2.4. State various properties of definite integrals.
2.5. Evaluate simple problems on definite integrals using the above properties.
2.6. Find the area bounded by a curve and axes.
2.7. Obtain the mean and R.M.S values of the simple functions.
Syllabus for Unit test-I completed
Unit -III
C.O. 3 Form differential equations and solve differential equations of first order and first degree and
Solve homogeneous differential equation of second order.
L.O.3.1. Define a Differential equation, its order and degree
3.2 Find order and degree of a given differential equation.
3.3 Form a differential equation by eliminating arbitrary constants.
3.4Solve the first order and first degree differential equations by variables separable method.
92
dy
3.5 Solve linear differential equation of the form + Py = Q , where P and Q arefunctions of x or
dx
constants.
3.6 Solve Differential equations of the type (aD2 +bD + c) y = 0 where a, b, c are real numbers and provide
examples.
Unit-IV
Laplace transforms& Fourier series
C.O. 4 Find Laplace Transforms of various functions and expand the given functions as Fourier series.
L.O. 4.1Define Laplace Transform and explain the sufficient conditions of existence of Laplace Transform
4.2.Obtain Laplace transforms of elementary functions and solve simple problems.
4.3 State linearity property, first shifting theorem of Laplace transforms (without proof) and solve simple
problems.
4.4 Define Inverse Laplace Transform.
4.5 Obtain Inverse Laplace Transforms for standard functions and solve simple problems.
4.6 State linearity property, first shifting theorem of Inverse Laplace transforms (without proof) and solve
simple problems.
4.7Define orthogonality of functions in an interval.
4.8 Define Fourier series of a function in the interval (c, c + 2 ) and Euler’s formulae for Fourier
coefficients.
4.9 Write sufficient conditions for the existence of Fourier series expansion of a function in an interval.
4.10 Expand the functionsf(x)=k (constant) and f(x) = x as Fourier series in the intervals (0 , 2π) and (-π , π)
Syllabus for Unit test-II completed
CH-ST-301 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS – II

COURSE CONTENTS
Unit-I
Indefinite Integration:
1. Integration regarded as anti-derivative – Indefinite integrals of standard functions. Properties of
indefinite integrals. Integration by substitution or change of variable. Integrals of tan x, cot x, sec x, cosec
x.
Evaluation of integrals which are of the following forms:
1 1 1
i) , 2 , 2
a + x a − x x − a2
2 2 2
1 1 1
ii) , ,
a2 + x2 a2 − x2 x2 − a2
iii) x 2 − a 2 , x 2 + a 2 , a 2 − x 2
Integration by decomposition of the integrand into simple rational, algebraic functions.
Integration by parts, Bernoulli’s rule and integrals of the form ex [f(x) + f (x)] dx.
Unit-II
Definite Integral and its applications:
2. Definite integral-fundamental theorem of integral calculus, properties of definite integrals,
evaluation of simple definite integrals. Area bounded by a curve and axes. Mean and RMS values of a
function on a given interval.
Unit -III
Differential Equations:
3. Definition of a differential equation-order and degree of a differential equation- formation of
differential equations-solutions of differential equations of first order and first degree using methods:
93
dy
variables separable, linear differential equation of the type + Py = Q. Solutions of homogenous linear
dx
differential equations of second order with constant coefficients.
Unit IV:
Laplace transforms& Fourier series
4. Definition, sufficient conditions for existence of Laplace Transform, LT of elementary functions, linearity
property, state first shifting theorem with simple problems.Definition of Inverse Laplace Transform, ILT of
elementary functions, linearity property, first shifting theorem with simple problems.
5. Orthogonality of trigonometric functions, Representation of a function in Fourier series over the

interval ( c , c + 2 ) , Euler’s formulae, sufficient conditions for existence of Fourier series expansion of a
function, Fourier series expansion of basic functions limited to k (constant), x over the intervals
( 0, 2 ) , ( − ,  ) .
Reference Books:
1. B.S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna Publishers.
2. Schaum’s Outlines Differential Equations, Richard Bronson & Gabriel B. Costa
3. M. R. Spiegel, Schaum’s Outline of Laplace Transforms, Schaums’ Series.
4. M.Vygodsky, Mathematical Handbook: Higher Mathematics, Mir Publishers, Moscow.
C-23
CH-ST-301 Engineering Mathematics – II
Unit Test Syllabus
Unit Test Syllabus
Unit Test-I From L.O 1.1 to L.O 2.7
Unit Test-II FromL.O 3.1 to L.O 4.10
94
CH-ST-302PHYSICAL AND ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Course Course title No.of Total number of Marks for Marks for
code Periods periods FA SA
/week
PHYSICAL AND ORGANIC
CH-ST-302 CHEMISTRY 5 75 20 80
Short Essay type

S.NO. Chapter/unit title No. of Weightage answer questions Cos
periods allocated questions mapped
1. Thermodynamics 10 16 2 1 CO1
2. Chemical 15 2 1 CO2
16
equilibrium
3. Solutions, Colloids 18 2 2 CO3
and emulsions 26
4. Chemistry of 18 26 2 2 CO4
Aliphatic
compounds
5. Chemistry of 14 2 2 CO5
Aromatic
26
compounds
TOTAL 75 110 10 8
CO Nos. COURSE OUTCOMES (CH-ST-302)

CO1 Explain Basic concepts of thermo chemistry, Solved problems in thermo chemistry.
CO2 Explain the principles of Chemical equilibrium and Kinetics.
CO3 Explain the various concentration methods and preparation and properties of colloids and
emulsions.
CO4 Explain the preparation methods of aliphatic and aromatic hydrocarbons.
CO5 List the properties of aliphatic and aromatic hydrocarbons.
CO1 3 1 1
CO2 3 1 1 1 1
CO3 3 1 1 1 1 1
CO4 3 1 1 1
CO5 3 1 1 1
3 = strongly mapped 2= moderately mapped 1= slightly mapped
95
Course Physical and Organic Chemistry No Of periods 75

code
CHST-
302
POs Mapped with CO periods Level remarks
CO No addressing PO in Col 1,2,3
1
NO %
PO1 CO1,CO2,CO3, 37 49.3 3 >40% level 3 (highly
CO4,CO5 addressed) 25% to
40%
PO2 CO1,CO2,CO3 13 17.3 1 level2(moderately
PO3 CO2,CO3 7 9.3 1 addressed 5% to
25%
PO4 CO3 8 10.6 1 level1 (Low
addressed <
PO5 CO4,CO5 5 6.66 1 5%(not addressed)
PO6
PO7 CO4, CO5 5 6.66 1
Note: The gaps in CO and PO mapping will be achieved by one or more appropriate activities from the
following:
i) Seminars ii) Tutorials iii) Guest Lectures iv) Assignments v) Quiz competitions vi)
Industrial visit
vii) Tech Fest viii) Mini project ix) Group discussions x) Virtual classes xi) Library visit for e-book.
LEARNINGOUTCOMES
1.0 Thermodynamics.
1.1 Introduction to thermo chemistry.
1.2 Define Internal energy ,work , Heat and Enthalpy.
1.3 Define1st law of thermo dynamics and know the equations for “E”,“Q”,“W”and“H”.
1.4 Explain exo thermic and Endothermic Reactions with examples.
1.5 Types of heats of reactions. i) Heat of formation ii) Heat of combustion
iii)Heat of neutralization
1.6 Hess’s law.
2.0 Chemical equilibrium
2.1 Define chemical Equilibrium:
2.2 Explain Reversible and irreversible reactions – examples - Homogeneous
and heterogeneous Equilibrium–examples.
2.3 Explain chemical equilibrium and its characteristics.
2.4 Explain law of Mass Action
2.5 Explain law of mass action to a general reaction i.e. m A+nB →pC +qD
2.6 Explain the effect of (i) concentration (ii) pressure (iii) temperature and (iv) catalyst
on chemical equilibrium.
2.7 Explain Lechatelier’s principle.
2.8 Explain Lechatlier's principleto
(i) Manufacture of NH3 by Haber’s process(ii)Formation of SO3in contact process.
3.0 Solutions, Colloids and emulsions.
96
3.1 Explain the methods of expressing concentrations.
3.2 Define dilute solution and Raoults law.
3.3 Define vapour pressure and Lowering of vapour pressure
3.4 Determination of Lowering of vapour pressure by Ostwald’s method.
3.5 Define boiling point and Elevation of boiling point.
3.6 Determination of Elevation of boiling point by Cottrell’s method.
3.7 Define freezing point and Depression of Freezing point.
3.8 Determination of Depression of freezing point by Beckmann’s method.
3.9 Explain the nature and types of colloids and their properties.
3.10 Explain the nature and types of emulsions and their properties.
4.0 Chemistry of Aliphatic Compounds

4.1 Explain Introduction to organic chemistry-Unique characteristics of carbon,
hybridization of carbon in organic compounds i.e.sp3, sp2 and sp- Classification
Of organic compounds.
4.2 IUPAC nomenclature of organic compounds, homologous series and its
characteristics.
4.3 Explain the preparation of Alkanes:Preparation of Methane and Ethane by
Decarboxylation(ii)Wurtz reaction (Ethane only) (iii)by reduction of Alkyl Halides.
Explain Properties of Methane: (i) Halogenation (ii) Nitration (iii) Combustion of methane.
4.4Explainthepreparationofalkenes: Preparation of Ethylene by
i) Dehydration of ethyl alcohol (ii) De hydrohalogenation of ethyl bromide
(iii) Dehalogenationof1, 2 – dibromo ethane.
Explain the Properties of Ethylene by reaction with (i) H2, (ii) Br2/CCl4.
4.5Explainthepreparationofalkynes: Preparation of Acetylene from
(i) Calcium carbide(ii)Dehydrohalogenationof1,2di-bromoethane
(iii)Dehalogenationof1,1,2,2–tetra bromoethane.
Explain the Properties of Acetylene by reaction with (i) H2 / Ni (ii) Br2 /CCl4
4.6 Explain Chloroform preparation from (i) Ethyl alcohol (ii) Methane
and Properties of Chloroform (i)Carbylamine or isocyanide test.
4.7 Alcohols:ExplainthePreparationof Ethylalcoholfrom
i) Esterhydrolysis ii)Fermentationofmolasses.
Explain the Properties of Ethyl alcohol byreaction of alcohol with i)Aceticacid
ii)Conc.H2SO4
5.0 Chemistry of Aromatic compounds

5.1 Explain aromaticity and Huckle’s rule.
5.2 Explain the nomenclature of aromatic compounds.
5.3 Explain the preparation, properties and uses of Benzene.
5.4 Explain the preparation and properties of Phenol.
COURSE CONTENTS:
1. Thermodynamics:
Introduction – Statement of 1st law – Equation for E, Q, W and H, simple problems –Sample
problems on the equation E=Q–W; H=E +PV; A=E–TS.
Thermo chemistry: exothermic and endothermic reactions – Heat of formation,
combustion and neutralization- Hess’s law constant heat of summation.
2. Chemical equilibrium:
Chemical Equilibrium - Law of mass action – Equilibrium constant – Influence of
concentration, pressure, temperature and catalyst–Lechatitiers Principle–Application to
synthesis of ammonia and sulphur tri oxide.
97
.
3. Solutions, Colloids and emulsions:
Methods of expressing concentrations – Dilute solutions – Raoults raw – Lowering of
Vapor pressure and its determination ( Ostwald’s method) – Elevation of boiling point
and its determination (Cottrell’s method) – Depression of freezing point and its
determination (Beckmann’s method)
Nature and types of colloids and their properties – Emulsions and their
properties.
4. Chemistry of aliphatic compounds:

a) Introduction on Organic Compounds-Hybridization – Homologous Series-
IUPAC Nomenclature.
b) Important preparations and properties of i) Alkanes, ii) Alkenes, iii)Alkynes ,iv)Alcohols
(v) Chloroform
5. Chemistry of aromatic compounds:

a) Aromaticity and Huckle’s rule – Nomenclature of Aromatic Compounds-
b) Some important preparation and properties of i)Benzene, ii)Phenol,
REFERENCEBOOKS:
S.No. Book Title Author Publications
1 Essentials of Physical Bahl&Tuli S.Chand&CoNewDelhi

Chemistry
2 Intermediate Chemistry Vol,1&2 Telugu Academy(or) VikramSeries
TextBook of Organic S.Chand&Co,NewDelhi.

3 Chemistry ArunBahl &B.S. Bahl,
Table specifying the scope of syllabus to be covered for unit Tests

Unit Test-I From 1.1 - 3.8
UnitTest-II From3.9 - 5.4
98
CHST-303 GENERAL CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY
Course code Course title No. Of Total Marks for FA Marks for SA
Periods / number of
week periods
CHST-303 GENERAL CHEMICAL 6 90 20 80
TECHNOLOGY
TIME SCHEDULE
No of Weightage Short answer Essay type CO's
S.No. Chapter/unit title
Periods allocated questions questions mapped
1. Basic industrial chemicals 16 16 2 1 CO1
Water and Fertilizer 26 2 2
2. 18 CO2
industry
Industrial gases and 16 2 1
3. 16 CO3
Inorganic products
Coal chemicals, Petroleum 26 2 2
4. refining and Petrochemical 22 CO4
industry
Oils, fats, soap, Pulp, 26 2 2
5. Paper, Polymers, Plastics 18
CO5
and Rubbers
Total 90 110 10 08
1. Illustrate the different chemical products manufacturing and its

uses
COURSE OBJECTIVES: 2. Explain the use of unit operations in the manufacturing processes.
3. To know the importance and uses of non-renewable sources like
coal and petrol.
4. To understand and reinforce the unit operations concepts in
various chemical processes for better production results.

CO1 CHST-303.1 Illustrate the various basic industrial chemicals
CO2 CHST-303.2 Explain the various methods of water purification and manufacturing
process of fertilizers
CHST-303.3 Describe the physical and chemical properties of various inorganic
CO3
products
CO4 CHST-303.4 Explain the importance and uses of non-renewable sources
CHST-303.5 Identify the production methods for various products practiced in the
CO5
industry
99
CO-PO/PSO MATRIX
CHST-303.1 3 3 2 2
CHST-303.2 3 2 3 2 2 2 2
CHST-303.3 2 1 1 2 3
CHST-303.4 2 3 2 2 3 2 2
CHST-303.5 3 2 2 1
Average 2.6 2.2 2 2 2 2.4 1.6 2
3=strongly mapped
2=moderately mapped
1=slightly mapped
NOTE: Un mapped or weakly mapped PO’S of above may be achieved by the following activities
PO6: Appropriate quiz programme/ Seminars/industrial visits may be conducted at intervals and
duration as decided by concerned teacher.
C-23 CHST-303
GENERAL CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY
Mapped with CO column I Level
PO no Remarks
no (1,2 or 3)
No %
PO1 CO1,CO2 56 93% 3
PO2 CO2 37 62% 3 >40% Level 3
PO3 CO2 37 62% 3 Highly addressed
PO4 CO1, CO3 23 38% 2
25% to 40% Level 2
Moderately addressed
5% to 25% Level 1 Low

addressed
<5% Not addressed

100
LEARNING OUT COMES:
After completion of the course, the student will be able to
1.0 Basic industrial chemicals.
1.1 State different industrial manufacturing methods HCl and its uses
1.2 State industrial manufacturing methods of sodium carbonate
1.3 Explain the manufacturing of sodium carbonate by Solvay process.
1.4 List out the uses of soda ash
1.5 State industrial manufacturing methods of sodium hydroxide
1.6 Explain the manufacturing of sodium hydroxide through electrolytic process
1.7 List out the properties and uses of sodium hydroxide.
1.8 State industrial manufacturing methods of ammonia
1.9 Explain the manufacturing of ammonia through steam reforming of naphtha or natural gas
1.10 List out the properties and uses of ammonia
1.11 State industrial manufacturing methods of nitric acid
1.12 State and explain the manufacture of nitric acid, properties and uses of HNO3
1.13 State and explain the manufacturing process of sulfuric acid by double absorption and double
contact process, properties and uses of H2SO4
1.14 State and explain the manufacturing method of sodium sulphate from naturally occurring
Glauber’s salt properties and uses of sodium sulphate
2.0 Water and Fertilizer industry.

2.1 List out the different sources of water.
2.2 State the impurities and mineral matter present in water.
2.3 Classify various scales formed and method of removal of scales due to impurities in water.
2.4 Explain the process of purification of water by ion – exchange method.
2.5 Explain permutate method of water purification.
2.6 Explain the stages involved in municipal water treatment.
2.7 Explain sewage water treatment of process plants.
2.8 List the industrial uses of urea, and N-P-K fertilizers
2.9 Explain the manufacturing method of urea by total recycle using ammonia and carbon dioxide.
2.10 Explain the manufacturing of phosphoric acid by wet process
2.11 Explain the manufacturing process of mono calcium phosphate and a di calcium phosphate
2.12 Explain the manufacturing process of mono ammonium phosphate (MAP) and di ammonium
phosphate (DAP).
2.13 Explain the process of making of ammonium sulphate.
2.14 Explain the manufacturing process of single super phosphate and triple super phosphate.
2.15 Explain the manufacture of mixed fertilizers (n-p-k) grades.
3.0 Industrial gases and Inorganic products.

3.1 State two methods of manufacturing of oxygen and nitrogen.
3.2 Explain the concept of conventional linde cycle.
3.3 Explain the manufacturing of oxygen and nitrogen by liquefaction and rectification of air using
conventional linde double column rectifier and main condenser.
3.4 List the industrial applications of nitrogen, oxygen, carbon dioxide, silicon carbide, calcium carbide
and glass
3.5 State the sources of carbon dioxide.
3.6 Explain the manufacture of carbon dioxide from molasses fermentation method
3.7 Explain the manufacture of cement by wet and dry process.
3.8 Explain the manufacturing of silicon carbide and calcium carbide.
3.9 Explain the manufacturing of soda glass.
101
4.0 Coal chemicals, Petroleum refining and Petrochemical industry.
4.1 Explain the formation of coal.
4.2 List the grades of coal, chemicals obtained from coal, coal tar.
4.3 Explain about coke, coal gas, water gas, producer gas and synthesis gas,
4.4 Explain high temperature carbonization of coal.
4.5 Explain about the precautions to be taken during coal storage
4.6 Explain the recovery of chemicals when coal is subjected to coking.
4.7 Explain about proximate analysis and ultimate Analysis of coal
4.8 Explain coal tar distillation
4.9 Explain the origin of crude petroleum.
4.10 Explain the atmospheric distillation and vacuum distillation of crude petroleum in a refinery to
obtain different cuts.
4.11 Explain the principles of cracking and process of catalytic cracking.
4.12 Explain the principles of catalytic reforming and process of catalytic reforming.
4.13 State the petrochemicals obtained from methane, ethylene, propylene and butylene
4.14 Explain the manufacturing process of chloro methanes from methane.
4.15 State the uses of methane, ethylene, propylene and butylene.
5.0 Oils, Fats, soaps, Pulp, Paper, Polymers, Plastics and Rubbers.
5.1 Distinguish between fats and oils
5.2 Explain the process of extraction of vegetable oil from seeds using mechanical expeller and solvent
extraction method.
5.3 List the raw materials required in the manufacture of soap, pulp and paper.
5.4 Explain the continuous process for the production of soap.
5.5 Explain the recovery of glycerin from soap industry.
5.6 Explain the sulphate or Kraft process to manufacture pulp.
5.7 Explain the industrial method of manufacturing paper from sulphate pulp.
5.8 Explain the process to which the black liquor should be subjected to recover its chemical
constituents for reuse in the manufacture of pulp.
5.9 State the different varieties of polymers and plastics.
5.10 Distinguish between thermoset and thermo plastic.
5.11 Explain the manufacturing method of LDPE, HDPE.
5.12 Understand the classification of rubbers.
5.13 Explain the manufacturing process of ethyl benzene, styrene and butadiene.
5.14 Explain the manufacturing process of styrene- butadiene rubber
COURSE CONTENTS
1. Basic industrial chemicals:

Industrial uses of hydrochloric acid, soda ash, caustic soda, ammonia, nitric acid, sulphuric acid, sodium
sulphate-Industrial manufacturing methods of sodium carbonate, NaOH, HNO3, sulphuric acid, sodium
sulphate- manufacturing processes of HCl, Na2CO3, NaOH, NH3, HNO3, H2SO4, Na2SO4-types of
electrolytic cells- cell notations of diaphragm cells, membrane cells and mercury cells
2. Water and Fertilizer industry:
Sources of water-impurities and mineral material present in water-scale formation - methods of removal
of scales-, softening of water by ion– exchange and permutate methods- stages involved in municipal
water treatment, sewage water treatment. Manufacture of Urea, H3PO4, mono and di calcium
phosphates, MAP and DAP, Ammonium phosphate, single super phosphate, triple super phosphate,
mixed fertilizers, Industrial applications of urea, H3PO4, ammonium sulphate
3. Industrial gases and Inorganic products:
Industrial manufacturing methods of oxygen and nitrogen, CO2, cement, glass - linde cycle concept-,
102
manufacturing processes of oxygen and nitrogen, CO2, SiC, CaC2, Cement, glass- applications of O2 and
N2, carbon dioxide, SiC, CaC2, soda glass.
4. Coal chemicals, Petroleum refining and Petrochemicals:
Formation of coal- grades of coal- chemicals from coal- coal gas, water gas, producer gas and synthesis
gas and their applications-high temperature carbonization of coal-recovery of chemicals when coal is
subjected to coking-coal tar distillation - chemicals obtained from coal tar distillation. Origin of crude
petroleum-crude petroleum distillation and various refinery products- catalytic cracking, reforming
principles. Feed stocks desirable to manufacture petrochemicals- petrochemicals obtained from methane,
ethylene, propylene and butylene-manufacturing process of chloro methane’s from methane
5. Oils, fats, soaps, Pulp, Paper Polymers, Plastics and Rubbers.
Difference between Fats and oil -oil extraction by expeller and solvent extraction method - sources of raw
materials required to soap production- production of soap, recovery of glycerin from soap.Raw materials
for pulp - major process to produce pulp, kraft or sulphate process to manufacture of pulp-manufacturing
of paper from sulphate pulp- recovery of chemicals from black liquor.Differentiate between polymer and
plastics- thermo set and thermo plastic- manufacturing of LDPE, HDPE, and polyester, applications of
polyethylene.
Classification of rubbers-manufacturing of styrene and butadiene and SBR.
REFERENCE BOOKS
S.NO BOOK TITLE AUTHOR PUBLICATIONS
1. ShrevesChemical Process Industries George T Austin.
2. Chemtech IIT – Vol. II, III and IV
3. Outlines of Chemical Technology GopalaRao ( Dryden). 21 st century
4. Chemical Technology Vol – I and Vol – II Sukla and Pandey.
Unit Test Learning out comes to be covered

Unit Test-I From 1.1 – 3.9
Unit Test-II From 4.0-5.14
103
CH-ST-304 FLUID MECHANICS
Course No. of Total no. of Marks for Marks for

Course title
Fluid
CHST-304 5 75 20 80
Mechanics
Chapter/unit title No. of Short Essay CO’s Mapped

Weightage
S.No. periods answer type
allocated
questions questions
Introduction to Fluid flow 2 2 CO1 to CO5
1. 15 26
phenomena
Basic equations of Fluid flow 2 1 CO1,
2. 13 16
CO3,CO4,CO5
Flow of incompressible fluids in 2 1 CO1,CO4,
3. 17 16
pipes CO5
4. Flow past immersed bodies 09 13 1 1 CO1 to CO5
Transportation and Metering of 3 3 CO1 to CO5
5. 21 39
fluids.
Total periods 75 110 10 8
(i) To understand the fluid flow phenomena and basic equations

(ii) To know about the flow of in-compressible fluids and flow past immersed
Course objectives bodies
(iii) To know about the flow measurement
(iv) To know about the transportation of fluids
CO No COURSE OUTCOMES
Explain concepts and definitions of various terms, laws, classifications,
CO1 CHST-3O4.1
properties, types and examples of fluids/fluid flow
Appraise the principles of working, construction of manometers, pumps, valves,
CO2 CHST-3O4.2
and meters in fluid flow.
CO3 CHST-3O4.3 Illustrate applications of manometers, pumps, valves, meters etc. in fluid flow
Derive equations to calculate pressure drops, flow rates, frictional losses, pump
CO4 CHST-3O4.4 work, various heads, settling velocities etc. and solve problems related in fluid
flow
Draw diagrams of manometers, pumps, valves, meters, experimental setups etc.
CO5 CHST-3O4.5
in fluid flow
CO-PO/PSO MATRIX
CHST-304.1 3 3
CHST-304.2 2 3 3 2 1
CHST-304.3 3 3 2
CHST-304.4 3 3 3 2 1
CHST-304.5 2 2 3 2
Average 3 2 3 3 3 2 1
3= strongly mapped 2= moderately mapped 1= slightly mapped
104
Level
PO Mapped with CO column I
(1,2 or Remarks
no no
3)
No %
1 CO1 28 50% 3 >40% Level 3
Highly addressed
2 CO2,CO5 13 23% 1
3 CO4 11 18% 1 25% to 40% Level 2 Moderately
addressed
CO2,
CO3,CO4,CO5
4 26 42% 3 5% to 25% Level 1 Low addressed
<5% Not addressed
LEARNING OUTCOMES
1.0Introduction to Fluid flow phenomena
1.1 Define fluid and fluid mechanics.
1.2 State and discuss types of fluids, physical properties and their units.
1.3 Explain compressible and incompressible fluids and give examples.
1.4 Explain fluid statics and static pressure and pressure measurement.
1.5 Explain the working of ‘U’ tube manometer, inverted ‘U’ tube manometer and inclined manometer.
1.6 State Newton’s law of viscosity.
1.7 Explain Newtonian and non -Newtonian fluids and give examples.
1.8 Distinguish Laminar flow and turbulent flow.
1.9 Describe Reynolds’s experiment.
1.10 Explain the importance of Reynolds’s number.
1.11 Explain the flow in boundary layers, Boundary layer separation and its effects on flow.
1.12 Solve simple problems on calculation of Reynolds number and pressure drop while using
manometers.
2.0 Basic equations of Fluid flow

2.1 Know about a) mass balance b) Momentum balance.
2.2 Derive continuity equation.
2.3 State Bernoulli’s theorem and write Bernoulli’s equation without friction
2.4 Derive Bernoulli’s theorem without friction
2.5 State the modified Bernoulli’s equation for friction flow
2.6 Know about Kinetic energy correction.
2.7 Know the pump work in Bernoulli’s equation.
2.8 Solve simple problems on Continuity equation and calculation of various heads using
Bernoulli’s equation
2.9 Solve simple problems on pump work calculation
105
3.0 Flow of incompressible fluids in pipes
3.1 Explain flow of incompressible fluids in pipes.
3.2 Explain velocity and shear stress distribution in pipes
3.3 Define friction factor and know the equations connecting friction factor in laminar and
turbulent flow.
3.4 Explain laminar flow in pipes.
3.5 Know average velocity and kinetic energy correction factor.
3.6 State Hagen Poiseuille equation.
3.7 Simple problems on Hagen Poiseuille equation for pressure drop calculation.
3.8 Know about the relation between pressure drop and friction factor.
3.9 Know the effect of roughness and the friction factor chart.
3.10 Understand the energy loss due to (a) flow (b) pipe fittings (c) sudden expansion and (d) sudden
contraction.
3.11 Know about equivalent length in pipes
3.12 Solve simple problems on friction factor in Laminar & turbulent flow and energy losses in fluid flow
through pipes.
4.0 Flow past immersed bodies

4.1 Define Drag and drag coefficient.
4.2 Know about different types of drag.
4.3 Explain the relation between Drag Coefficient and Reynolds number.
4.4 Explain about Stoke’s law and solve simple problems on Stokes’s Law
4.5 Know about Free & Hindered settling.
4.6 Explain about Packed bed and know the equations to calculate pressure drop in packed beds.
4.7 Explain the process of fluidization and applications of fluidization.
5.0 Transportation and Metering of fluids.

5.1 Know the classification of pipes and tubes.
5.2 Know about Schedule number and gauge for pipes and tubes.
5.3 Know the various types of pipe fittings.
5.4 Explain the classification and working of valves
(a) Gate valve (b) globe valve (c) plug valve (d) check valves and (e) diaphragm valve.
5.5 Explain the classification of Flow meters (a) Head Meters (b) Area meters
5.6 Explain the principle and working of venture meter, Orifice meter, Pitot tube and rota meter
with line diagrams
5.7 Indicate the functions of pump in fluid handling.
5.8 Describe the methods of classification of pumps and differentiate positive displacement and
centrifugal pumps.
5.9 Know about the following pumps.
(i) Reciprocating Pumps (ii) Piston pump (iii) Plunger Pump (iv) Diaphragm Pump
(v) Gear pump (vi) Screw pump
5.10 Describe with neat sketch the construction and operation of the Centrifugal pump and
reciprocating piston pump.
5.11 Explain the following
(a)Suction head (b) Discharge head (c) Total head (d) NPSH (e) Cavitations (f) Priming (g)
Mechanical efficiency (h) Power required.
5.12 Know about characteristic curves of centrifugal pumps.
5.13 Know about the working of (i) Fan (ii) Blower (iii) Vacuum pump (iv) Ejectors.
5.14 Solve problems based on calculation of velocities, volumetric flow rates using venturi and orifice
meters, local velocity in pitot tube, calculation of NPSH, power required by a centrifugal pump.
COURSE CONTENT:
106
1. Introduction & fluid flow phenomena: Definition of fluid– Compressible and in compressible
fluids– Newtonian and Non-Newtonian fluids– Physical properties of fluids– Density, Viscosity,
velocity head, pressure head and static head– Pressure concept– Manometers: U – Tube
Manometer, inverted U tube manometer, Inclined manometer– Laminar flow – Turbulent
flow– Reynolds’s experiment- Importance of Reynolds’s number- Flow in boundary layer- Solve
problems on Reynolds number and Pressure drop in manometers, Boundary layer separation
and its effects on flow.
2. Basic equations for fluid flow: Mass balance- Momentum balance, Continuity equation-
Bernoulli’s equation– Modified Bernoulli’s equation for frictional flow and pump work-kinetic
energy correction- Solve problems on various heads using Bernoulli’s equation and pump work in
Bernoulli’s equation
3. Flow of incompressible fluids in pipes: Flow of incompressible fluids-Shear stress distribution in
pipes- Equation for friction factor- Laminar flow in pipes- Average velocity- Kinetic energy factor-
Hagen Poiseuille equation- average velocity- Roughness- Friction factor chart- Energy loss for
fluids during flow – Expansion and contraction losses in fitting-equivalent length- Solve simple
problems on friction factor in Laminar & turbulent flow , Hagen Poiseuille equation and energy
losses in fluid flow through pipes.
4. Flow past immersed bodies: Drag- Types of Drag-Drag coefficient– Stokes law- Drag coefficient Vs
Reynolds number curve- Friction in flow through beds of solids– Packed bed- void fraction-
Pressure drop equations- Free settling-hindered settling-equations for terminal velocities for
different particle Reynolds number ranges– Fluidization – Fluidization velocities and pressure
drops-Applications of fluidization-simple problems on Stokes’s law..
5. Metering and transportation of fluids: Flow meters- Head meters, Area meters-Orifice meter,
Venturi meter, Pitot tube, Rota meter- Schedule number, gauge for pipes-Pipes and tubes – Pipe
fitting and joints – Valves – Gate valve, Globe valve, Plug valve, Check valve, Diaphragm valve–
Pumps-functions of a pump- Classification- Positive displacement pumps –Reciprocating pumps :
Piston, Plunger pumps, Diaphragm pumps, - Rotary pumps-Gear pump, screw pump– Centrifugal
pumps – Suction head – Discharge head – Total developed head- NPSH– Priming – Cavitations–
Characteristic curve – Equipment for gas flow- fans, blowers, Vacuum producing equipment–
Ejectors– Solve simple problems on calculation of velocities, volumetric flow rates using Venturi,
orifice meters and pitot tube, power required by a centrifugal pump.
Reference books
(1) Unit operations of chemical Engg. by Warren L.Mc Cabe, Julian C.Smith and Peter
Herriot, Fifth edition, Mc Graw Hill Publication.
(2) Introduction to Chemical Engg. by Walter L.Badger & Julius T.Banchero. Mc GRAW Hill
Publication.
(3) Chemical engineering Series, Coulson & Richardson, Vol-1,5th edition,
Butterworth & Heinmannn Publications.
(4) Unit operations –1, K.A.Ghavane, Nirali Prakashan Publications.
(5) Chemical Engineering Fluid mechanics, Ron Darby, Second edition, Revised and Expanded
(6) PERRY’s Chemical Engineers hand book
Table specifying the scope of syllabus to be covered for Unit Tests

Unit Test-I From 1.1 to 3.7
Unit Test-II From 3.8 to 5.14
107
CH-ST-305 HEAT TRANSFER
Course code Course title No. of periods/week Total no. of periods Marks for FA Marks for SA
CH-ST-305 Heat Transfer 4 60 20 80
No. of Weightage Short answer Essay type CO’s

S.No. Chapter/unit title
periods allocated questions questions Mapped
Heat transfer by 2 1 CO1 to
1. 9 16
conduction. CO4
Principles of heat flow in 2 2 CO1 to
2. 14 26
fluids. CO5
Heat transfer to fluids 1 1
CO1,CO3,
3. without & with Phase 7 13
CO4
change
Radiation. 2 -- CO1,CO3,
4. 6 6
CO4
Heat Exchange 1 2
5. 10 23 CO5
equipment
2 2 CO1 to
6. Evaporation 14 26
CO5
(i) To understand the modes of heat transfer and equations governing them
Course objectives (ii) To know the construction and working of heat exchange equipment
(iii) To understand the process of evaporation and evaporators
Explain modes of heat transfer, laws governing them, definitions, dimensionless

CO1 CH-ST-305.1
groups involved, properties of materials in respect to heat transfer
Derive several equations for heat transfer rates, LMTD, overall heat transfer
CO2 CH-ST-305.2
coefficient etc.
CO3 CH-ST-305.3 Solve problems involving calculation of heat transfer rates, areas, LMTD etc.
Illustrate the concepts of lagging, fouling factors, thermal boundary layer,
CO4 CH-ST-305.4
condensation and boiling mechanism, view factor, boiling point elevation etc.
Classify heat exchange equipment, know their construction and working, Draw the
CO5 CH-ST-305.5
diagrams of heat exchange equipment and various plots
CO-PO/PSO MATRIX
CH-ST-305.1 3 3 1
CH-ST-305.2 3 3 2
CH-ST-305.3 1 3 2
CH-ST-305.4 1 3 1
CH-ST-305.5 2 2 3
Average 3 1 2 2 3 2 1
3= strongly mapped
2= moderately mapped
1= slightly mapped
108
Mapped with column I Level
PO no Remarks
CO no (1,2 or 3)
No %
1 CO1, CO2, CO4 41 68% 3 >40% Level 3
2 CO3 5 8% 1 Highly addressed
CO5 25% to 40% Level 2 Moderately
3 13 22% 1
addressed
CO5 5% to 25% Level 1 Low addressed
4 13 22% 1
<5% Not addressed
LEARNING OUTCOMES
1.0 Heat transfer by conduction.

1.1 Understand various mechanisms of heat flow such as conduction, convection and Radiation.
1.2 Define conduction, convection and Radiation.
1.3 Define steady state and unsteady state heat flow
1.4 Explain the Fourier’s law of heat flow by conduction
1.5 Define and explain thermal conductivity of a substance and state its units.
1.6 Derive the equation for conduction through a single wall, composite wall and cylindrical wall.
1.7 Know the compound resistances in series.
1.8 Explain the significance of lagging and economic lagging thickness.
1.9 Know different heat insulating materials and heating fluids.
1.10 Solve simple problems on calculation of rate of heat flow in case of flat wall, cylindrical wall and
composite walls also on finding intermediate temperatures.
2.0 Principles of heat flow in fluids.

2.1 Define convection, natural convection and forced convection
2.2 Know the working of heat exchanger.
2.3 Define counter current and parallel current flows in a heat exchanger.
2.4 Understand temperature variations along the length of the exchange in both cases above.
2.5 Explain enthalpy balances in heat exchangers and in total condensers.
2.6 Explain heat flux, Average temperature of fluid stream and logarithmic mean temperature
difference (LMTD)
2.7 Know the film concept in heat transfer by convection.
2.8 Define and explain the film coefficient (Individual heat transfer coefficient) and compare it with
thermal conductivity.
2.9 Define Nusselt number and Prandtl number
2.10 Derive an equation for calculation of overall coefficients from individual coefficients.
2.11 Explain the Resistance form of overall coefficient.
2.12 Know about fouling factors and their role.
109
2.13 Solve simple problems on calculation of LMTD and overall coefficients.
3.0 Heat transfer to fluids without & with Phase change

3.1 Understand regimes of heat transfer in fluids.
3.2 Explain about thermal boundary layer
3.3 Explain the heat transfer by forced convection in laminar flow and turbulent flow.
3.4 Define Graetz and Peclet numbers
3.5 Know the various empirical equations used to calculate hi such as
1.Dittus – Boelter Equation 2. Sieder – Tate Equation.
Colburn equation.
3.6 know the mechanism of heat transfer from condensing vapors.
3.7 Define and explain dropwise and film type condensation.
3.8 Know the heat transfer mechanism to boiling liquids.
3.9 Explain a pool boiling, nucleate boiling and film boiling.
3.10 Solve simple problems to calculate various numbers and heat transfer coefficient using various
equations.
4.0 Radiation.
4.1 Define absorptivity, Reflectivity and Transmitivity.
4.2 Explain emission of Radiation, Wavelength and emissive power.
4.3 Define black body emmisivity.
4.4 State and Explain Stefan Boltzmann Law, Planck’s law and Wiens displacement law.
4.5 Explain Reflectivity and Absorptivity of opaque solids.
4.6 State and Explain Kirchoff’s law.
4.7 Know the process of radiation between surfaces.
4.8 Know angle of vision and view factor.
4.9 Understand the combined heat transfer by conduction, convection and Radiation and explain an
equation for it.
4.10. Solve simple problems on Stefan’s law and view factor.
5.0 Heat Exchange equipment

5.1 Classification of heat exchangers.
5.2 Know the working principle of Double pipe heat exchanger.
5.3 Describe the working principle of a shell and tube heat exchanger in detail with a neat diagram.
5.4 Explain the working principle of a floating head heat exchanger with a neat sketch.
5.5 Explain the working principle of a multipass heat exchange.
5.6 Explain temperature patterns in multipass exchanges with sketches.
5.7 Know about the extended surface heat exchangers i.e., i). Fin Type and ii) Plate type with a neat
diagram.
5.8 Know the function of a condenser.
5.9 Know about a) Kettle type boilers b) Calandrias with a neat sketch.
6.0 Evaporation
6.1 Understand the term evaporation
6.2 Know the different liquid properties considered in evaporation.
6.3 Know the different types of evaporators.
6.4 Describe with neat sketches the construction and working of following type of evaporators.
a) Standard vertical tube evaporator.
b) Falling film and climbing film evaporators.
c) Forced circulation evaporators.
6.5 Know about evaporator accessories
a) Steam traps b) Condensers c) Entrainment separators.
110
d) Barometric leg e) Ejectors f) Salt removal systems.
6.6 Know the performance of an evaporator
6.7 Define and understand the terms economy and capacity of an evaporator.
6.8 State and Explain boiling point elevation, and the effect of hydrostatics head.
6.9 State and Explain Duhring’s rule.
6.10 Write enthalpy balances for single effect evaporator and understand the equations.
6.11 Know about enthalpy concentration diagram.
6.12 Solve problems on calculation of the heat transfer area and steam requirement and economy in
case of a single effect evaporator.
6.13 Explain the working principle of the multiple effect evaporator system with a sketch.
6.14 State and explain the methods of feeding the Multiple effect evaporator system with relative
advantages and disadvantages
6.15 Explain the capacity and Economy of Multiple effect evaporators.
COURSE CONTENT:
1. Heat transfer and its applications-Heat transfer by conduction-Mechanisms of heat flow-Fourier’s

law-Thermal conductivity-Steady state conduction- Compound resistances in series- Heat flow through a
Cylinder- Problems.
2. Principles of heat flow in fluids: Typical heat exchange equipment – Counter current and parallel-
current flows – Energy balances –– Average temperature of fluid stream– LMTD – Individual heat transfer
coefficients – Calculation of Overall heat transfer coefficients from Individual coefficients – Fouling factors
– Classification of Individual heat transfer coefficients and its magnitude – Simple problems.
3. Heat transfer to Fluids without and with phase change: Regimes of heat transfer in fluids – Thermal
boundary layer – Heat transfer by forced convection in laminar flow – Graetz and Peclet numbers – Heat
transfer by forced convection in Turbulent flow – Empirical equations – Heat transfer from condensing
vapors – Drop wise and film wise condensation – Heat transfer to boiling liquids-pool boiling, nucleate
boiling and film boiling.
4. Radiation Heat transfer: - Fundamentals - Emission of Radiation wave length of radiation Emissive
power – Black body radiation – Emissivities of solids – laws of Black body radiation – Absorption of
radiation by opaque solids – Reflectivity and absorptivity – Kirchoff’s law – Radiation between surfaces –
Angle of vision – view factor – combined Heat transfer by conduction – convection and radiation.
5. Heat Exchange equipment: Types of heat exchangers principles and operation of Double pipe heat
exchangers – shell and tube – single, multipass, floating head – Temperature patterns in multipass
exchangers – extended surface heat exchangers – Fin type and plate type condensers – dehumidifying
type – contact condensers –- Heat insulating materials and heating fluid
6. Evaporation. Liquid characteristics – some important properties – Types of evaporators – standard

vertical tube, long tube, falling film – forced circulation evaporators – evaporator accessories – steam
traps – condensers – Entrainment separators – Barometric leg – Ejectors – salt removal from evaporators.
Performance of tubular evaporators – Evaporator capacity – boiling point elevation and Duhrings rule –
Evaporator Economy – Enthalpy balances for single effect evaporator – Simple problems – Multiple effect
evaporators.
111
REFERRENCE BOOKS
1. Unit operations of chemical Engg by Wareen L.Mc Cabe, Julian C.Smith and Peter Harriott, Fifth edition,
Mc Graw Hill Publication.
2. Introduction to Chemical Engg by Walter L.Badger & Julius T.Banchero. Mc GRAW Hill Publication.
3. Process Heat Transfer by Donald Q. Kern, Mc GRAW Hill Publication.
4. Heat Transfer by D.P. Tiwari, Umesh publications, New Delhi.
5. PERRY’s Chemical Engineers hand book
6 Fundamentals of Heat and Mass transfer, R C Sachdeva
7 Coulson and Richardson volumes

112
CHST-306 PHYSICAL AND ORGANIC CHEMISTRY LAB
Course Course title No. of periods/ Total no. of Marks for Marks for
PHYSICAL AND ORGANIC
CHST-306 CHEMISTRY LABORATORY 6 90 40 60
TIMESCHEDULE
S.No. Major Topics No.of
periods
1. Determination of 12
MeltingpointofSolidOrganiccompounds.DeterminationofBoilingpointsofliquidorganicco
mpounds
3. Demonstration of identification of functional groups in Organic compounds . 18
4. Systematic identification of functional groups in an Organic Compound 24
5. Preparation of Organic Compounds. 24

6. Test & Review 12
Total 90
(i)To familiarize with the knowledge different materials tools used in general
Engineering processes
Objectives (iii) To know the etiquette of working with the fellow work force
(iv) To reinforce the oretical concepts by conducting relevant
C01 Determination of Melting point of Solid Organic compounds and
determination of Boiling points of liquid organic compounds
C02 Demonstration of identification of functional groups presenting organic
compounds.
Course C03 Systematic identification of the functional groups in Organic compounds.
Outcomes
C04 Understand & Preparations of some important Organic Compounds.
COs-POs mapping
CO1 2 1 2 1
CO2 2 1 2 1
CO3 2 1 2 1
CO4 2 1 2 2 1
1= slightly mapped
3=strongly mapped
113
PO -CO mapping strength (as per given table)
Course Physical and Organic No Of periods 90
code Chemistry Laboratory No of
CHST- Cos;4
306
POs Mapped with CO periods Level remarks
CO No addressing PO in 1,2,3
Col 1
NO %
PO1 CO1,CO2,CO3, 12 26.66 2 >40% level 3 (highly
CO4 addressed) 25% to 40%
PO2 CO1,CO2,CO3, 9 20 1 level2(moderately
CO4 addressed 5% to 25%
PO3 level1 (Low addressed <
PO4 CO1,CO2,CO3, 12 26.66 2 5%(not addressed)
CO4
PO5 12 26.66 2
CO4
PO6
PO7
LEARNINGOUTCOME
List of experiments in Physical and Organic Chemistry Lab.
1.0 Conduct
1.1 Determination of Melting Point of solid Organic Compounds.
1.2 Determination of Boiling Point of liquid organic Compounds.
2.0 Procedure for the demonstration of identification of functional groups presenting

organic compounds.
2.1 Alcohols
2.2 Acids
2.3 Aldehydes
2.4 Ketones
2.5 Amines
2.6 Esters.
3.0 Understand Systematic identification of the following functional groups in
Organic compounds.
3.1 Alcohols
3.2 Acids
3.3 Aldehydes
3.4 Ketones
3.5 Amines
3.6 Esters
4.0 Understand & Preparation of following Organic Compounds
4.1 Preparation of Acetanilide.
4.2 Preparation of Azodye.
4.3 Preparation of Aspirin.
114
COURSECONTENT:
1. Determination of Melting Points and Boiling Point of Organic Compounds.
2. Demonstration of identification of functional groups–OH,-COOH,-CHO,-CO-R,-NH2,-COOR.
3. Identification of functional groups–OH,-COOH,-CHO,-CO-R,-NH2,-CO OR in an Organic
Compound.
4. Preparation of organic Compounds–Acetanilide––Azodye–Aspirin
REFERENCEBOOKS:
S.No. BookTitle Author Publications

Vogel’s Textbook of S.Chand & Co NewDelhi
1 Practical for physical AI Vogel
& Organic Chemistry
115
CHST-307 FLUIDMECHANICSLABORATORY
No. of Total no. of

Course code Course title Marks for FA Marks for SA
periods/week periods
FLUID
CH-ST-307 MECHANICS 3 45 40 60
LABORATORY
(i) To reinforce theoretical concepts by conducting relevant experiments/exercises

(ii) To Apply process principles learnt in other chemical engineering courses to
Course practical situations
Objectives (iii) To Perform precise operations/tasks with Engineering equipment or instrument
for investigation of Engineering problems
(iv) To broaden their professional foundation
C01 Demonstrate the skill of planning and organizing experimental set up for
a desired purpose
Perform precise operations / tasks with Engineering equipment or
C02 instrument for investigation of Engineering problems
Course Observe various parameters, their variations and graphically represent
C03 the same
Outcomes
Analyze the experimental results to draw in references to make
C04 recommendations
C05 Practice ethics & etiquette while working in a group
anddisplayprofessionalismwhilecommunicatingasamemberandleaderin
agroup
TIME SCHEDULE
S.No MAJ Periods
. OR
TOPI
CS
1. Flow meters 10
2. Flow through pipes and fittings 10
3. Bernoulli‘s apparatus 5
4. Reynolds experiment 5
5. Centrifugal pump 5
6. Reciprocating pump 5
7. Packed bed 5
Total 45
CO-PO/PSO MATRIX:
CH-ST-307.1 3 2 2 2 - - - 3 1 2
CH-ST-307.2 3 2 3 3 - - - 3 3 3
CH-ST-307.3 2 3 3 3 - - - 2 2 2
CH-ST-307.4 3 3 2 2 - - - 3 2 3
CH-ST-307.5 3 2 3 3 - - - 3 3 3
Average 2.8 2.4 2.6 2.6 - - - 2.8 2.2 2.6
116
LEARNING OUT COMES:
List of experiments:
1. Flow meters
1.1 Todeterminetheventurimetercoefficientandtoplotagraphbetweencoefficientofvent
uriandvelocityhead.
1.2 Todeterminetheorificemetercoefficientandtoplotagraphbetweencoefficientoforific
eandvelocityhead.
1.3 TodeterminethecalibrationofgivenRotameterandtodrawcalibrationcurve
2. Flow through pipes and fittings
2.1 TodeterminethepipefunctionandtoshowthevariationinfrictionfactoralongtheReyno
ldsnumberalongwithaplotfrictionfactorVsReynoldsnumber
2.2 Determination of frictional losses in various pipes and fittings
3. Bernoulli‘s experiment
3.1 Todeterminethetotalenergyofafluidflowingthroughapassageofvariouscross
Sections with the help of Bernoulli’s equation
4. Reynolds experiment
4.1 ToidentifythelaminarandturbulentflowregionsusingReynoldsexperiment
5. Centrifugal pump
5.1 Performanexperimenttodeterminethecharacteristicsoface
ntrifugalpumpanddrawtheCharacteristiccurves.
6. Reciprocating pump
6.1 Determinations of characteristics of a Reciprocating pump to draw the curves.
7. Packed bed
7.1 DeterminationofPressuredropsinapackedbedfordifferentfluidvelocities.
117
CH-ST-308 HEAT TRANSFER LABORATORY
No. of Total no. of

HEAT
CH-ST-308 TRANSFER 3 45 40 60
LABORATORY
TIME SCHEDULE
S.No. Major Topics Periods
1. Determination of thermal conductivity 9
2. Determination of heat transfer coefficient in double pipe heat exchangers 9
3. Determination of heat transfer coefficient in shell & tube heat exchangers 9
4. Determination of heat transfer co efficient for forced convection 8
5. Determination of heat transfer co efficient for Natural convection 5
6. Determination of emissivity of a test plate. 5
TOTAL 45

CH-ST-308.1 Demonstrate the skill of planning and organizing experimental set up
for a desired purpose
CH-ST-308.2 Perform precise operations/tasks with Engineering equipment or
instrument for investigation of Engineering problems
CH-ST-308.3 Observe various parameters, their variations and graphically
Course
represent the same
Outcomes
CH-ST-308.4 Analyse the experimental results to draw inferences to make
recommendations
CH-ST-308.5 Practice ethics & etiquette while working in a group and display
professionalism while communicating as a member and leader in a
group
CO-PO Relationship Matrix:

Program
Outcomes
PO
PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
1
Course
Outcomes
CO 1 3 2 1 - - - - 3 2 1
CO 2 3 3 - - - - - 3 2 1
CO 3 3 3 2 1 1 - - 3 2 1
CO 4 3 3 2 1 1 - - 3 2 1
CO 5 3 3 2 1 3 2 2 3 2 1
Average 3 2.8 1.75 1 1.25 2 2 3 2 1
118
List of Experiments:
1. To determine the total thermal resistance and conductivity of composite walls.
2. To determine the thermal conductivity of a metal bar.
3. Determination of overall heat transfer co-efficient in a double pipe heat exchanger for
Counter flow.
4. Determination of overall heat transfer co-efficient in a double pipe heat exchanger for
Parallel flow.
5. Determination of overall heat transfer co-efficient in a shell and tube heat exchanger for
Counter flow.
6. Determination of overall heat transfer co-efficient in a shell and tube heat exchanger for parallel
flow.
7. Determination of heat transfer co-efficient for forced convection of air.
8. Determination of heat transfer co-efficient for natural convection of air.
9. Determination of emissivity of a test plate.
119
CHST-309 GENERAL CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY LABORATORY
Course code Course title No. Of Total Marks for FA Marks for SA
Periods / number of
week periods
GENERAL
CHEMICAL
CHST-309 03 45 40 60
TECHNOLOGY
LABORATORY
TIME SCHEDULE
1. Analysis of water 10
2. Determination of hardness present in Water by using different methods 20
3. Analysis of oil 10
4. Analysis of Coal 05
TOTAL 45
1. To familiarize with the knowledge of different chemicals, tools and
COURSE instruments used in the laboratory
OBJECTIVES 2. To know the etiquette of working with the fellow workforce
3.To reinforce theoretical concepts by conducting relevant experiments
CO1 Demonstrate the skill of planning and organising experimental set up for a
desired purpose
Course
CO2 Analyse the experimental results to draw inferences
outcomes
CO3 Practice ethics and etiquette while working in a group and display
professionalism while communicating as a member and leader in a group
CO-PO Relationship Matrix:
Program
Outcomes
PSO PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7
Course 1 2 PSO
Outcomes
3
CO 1 3 2 1 - - - - 3 2 1
CO 2 3 3 - - - - - 3 2 1
CO 3 3 3 2 1 1 - - 3 2 1
CO 4 3 3 2 1 1 - - 3 2 1
CO 5 3 3 2 1 3 2 2 3 2 1
Average 3 2.8 1.75 1 1.25 2 2 3 2 1
3= strongly mapped
1= slightly mapped
120
LEARNING OBJECTS:
On completion of the study of the subject the student should be able to
1.0 Analysis of water

1.1Determination of total solids present in Tap Water in PPM
1.2 Determination of total solids present in Seawater in PPM
2.0 Determination of hardness present in Water by using different methods

2.1 Determination of the total hardness in water by E.D.T.A method
2.2 Determination of the total hardness in water by soap solution method
2.3 Determination of chlorides present in water
2.4 Estimation of sulphates present in water.
3.0 Analysis of oil

3.1 Determination of acid value of coconut oil / vegetable oil.
3.2 Estimation of Saponification value of the given sample.
4.0 Analysis of Coal

4.1 Find the percentage composition of moisture content, volatile matter, ash
content and fixed carbon content of coal using proximate analysis ofcoal
121
IV SEMESTER
122
CURRICULUM-2023
IV SEMESTER
Instruction
Periods/Week
Periods
Name of the Theory Practical End
Sub Code Per Section Total
Subject Duration Exam
Semeste al Mar
(hrs) Mark
r Marks ks
s
THEORY SUBJECTS
Electrical
CH-ST-401 Technology
5 - 75 3 20 80 100
Mass and Energy
CH-ST-402 Balances
5 - 75 3 20 80 100
Mechanical Unit
CH-ST-403
Operations 5 - 75 3 20 80 100
Sugar Cane
CH-ST-404 Agriculture 5 - 75 3 100
20 80
Sugar Technology
CH-ST-405 Chemical Control 4 - 60 3
20 80 100
PRACTICAL SUBJECTS
Electrical
CH-ST-406 Technology 3 45
- 3 40 60 100
Laboratory
CH-ST-407 CAD practice - 3 45 3 40 60 100
Communication
CH-ST-408 3 45
skills - 3 40 60 100
Mechanical Unit
CH-ST-409 Operations - 3 45
3 40 60 100
Laboratory
Sugar Technology
CH-ST-410 Chemical Control 3 45
- 3 40 60 100
Laboratory
Student Activities - 3 45
Total 24 18 630 - 300 700 1000
Note: CH-ST-408 COMMON TO ALL BRANCHES
123
CHST-401 ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY
No. Of Total
Course code Course title Periods / number of Marks for FA Marks for SA
week periods
ELECTRICAL
CHST-401 5 75 20 80
TECHNOLOGY
S.No Chapter/unit title No. of Weightage Short Answer Essay Type CO’sMapped
periods allocated Questions Questions
1 D.C & A.C Circuits 19 26 2 2 CO1

2 Electromagnetism and 12 19 3 1 CO2
Electromagnetic
Induction
3 D.C & A.C Machines 23 29 3 2 CO2
4 Electrical Measuring 07 13 1 1 CO3
Instrument
5 Understand the 07 13 1 1 CO4
different
equipment’s& safety
procedures used in
industry.
6 Electronic Devices 07 10 - 1 CO5
Total 75 110 10 8
Course objectives
Course objectives To know DC and AC circuits, electromagnetism and electromagnetic induction
To understand classification, application, construction and working principles of
AC and DC machines
To understand different components, safety precautions in industries and working
of electronic devices
Course Outcomes
Course Outcomes CO1 Illustrate with example various terminology of electrical circuits and
calculate different types of power quantities
CO2 Analyse the principles of operations required for working of DC and AC
machines
CO3 Recognize different types of measuring instruments.
CO4 Describe different methods and applications of heating, welding and
safety procedures and devices.
CO5 Explain about semiconductors and various semiconductor devices
124
CO-PO/PSO MATRIX
CHST-401.1 2 2 2 1
CHST-401.2 3 2 2 2 2 2
CHST-401.3 2 1 1 2 3
CHST-401.4 3 3 2 2 2 3 1
CHST-401.5 2 1 2
Average 2.4 2 1.6 1.5 2 2 2.5 1.5
3=strongly mapped
2=moderately mapped
1=slightly mapped
Course Course title : Electrical Technology No. of periods: 75
code
Number of course outcomes:05
CHST -401
POs Mapped with CO Periods addressing PO in Level Remarks
Column 1
CO No. (1,2,3)
No % ›40% Level 3
PO1 CO1, CO3 45 75 3 Highly addressed
PO2 CO2, CO5 9 15 1
25% to 40% Level 2 Moderately
PO3 CO4 6 10 1
addressed
PO4
PO5 5 to 25% Level 1 Low addressed
PO6
PO7 ‹5% Not addressed
the subject and latest updates in reputed national and international journals, attending seminars,
learning software skills and watching the relevant in social media.
Learning Outcome
Chapter-1
1.1 Understand the concepts of Current, Electric potential, potential difference,
Resistance, Conductance, Specific resistance and conductivity.
Laws of resistance & Statement of Ohms Law.
Calculation of current, Voltage and Resistance in a given dc circuit.
Calculation of equivalent resistance in a – Series Circuit, parallel Circuit.
Simple problems on Series, Parallel Circuits.
State and explain Kirchhoff’s of Laws.
1.7 Define the following terms related to alternating quantities.
i) Alternating quantity, ii) wave form iii) Cycle iv) Time period v) frequency vi) instantaneous value vii) RMS
value viii) average value ix)form factor x) peak factor.
1.8 Express instantaneous value , RMS value and average value in terms of maximum value.
1.9 Explain phase and phase difference between two alternating quantities.
125
1.10 State leading and lagging vector quantities.
1.11 State phase relationships between voltage and current in (a) R (b) L (c) C (d) R – L – C in series.
1.12 Define Power factor .
1.13 State equation for i) Active power ii) reactive power iii) apparent power in single phase AC circuits.
1.14 Explain Star and Delta connections in 3 - Ф circuits.
1.15 State phase and line voltages and currents and their relationship in Star and Delta connections.
1.16 State expression for i) Active power ii) reactive power iii) apparent power in 3- phase AC circuits.
1.17 Simple problems on the above.
Chapter-2
2.1 Explain the terms – permeability, magnetic field strength, flux and Flux density – Relation between
permeability, flux density and magnetic field strength.
Express the field strength due to i) straight current carrying conductor ii) on the axis of a solenoid.
State the following terms related to electromagnetic induction
Faraday’s laws of electromagnetic induction
Fleming’s Left-Hand Rule
Statically Induced emf
Dynamically Induced emf
Self-induced emf
Mutually Induced emf
Lenz’s Law.
Give the expression for self-inductance, Mutual Inductance and Coefficient of coupling. (No derivation).
Simple problems on above.
Chapter-3
3.1 List the parts and function of each part of the D.C. Machine.
3.2 Classify the D.C. Machines as D.C. Generators and D.C. Motors – State their working principle.
State generated emf equation. (No derivation).
State and explain Back emf. (No derivation).
State torque equation. (No derivation).
Solve simple problems on above.
Explain the necessity of starter and explain 3-point starter with neat diagram.
Explain speed control of D.C. Shunt motor by armature control and (b) Field control methods.
State the applications of D.C. Generators and D.C. Motors
3.10 Explain the principle of working of a transformer.
3.11 Classify the types of transformers basing on construction of the transformers. (Core type and shell type).
3.12 State emf equation of a transformer. Solve simple problems. (No derivation).
3.13 State step – up and step – down transformers.
3.14 Explain Auto transformers.
3.15 Classify the three phase induction motors and single-phase Induction motors – state
the application of each motor.
3.16 Explain the construction and working principles of 3 – phase Induction Motors
3.17 Explain the construction and working principles of 1 – phase Induction Motors
3.18 Explain the necessity of starter in 3-phase induction motor
3.19 Explain i) DOL starter ii) Star Delta Starter with neat diagrams.
3.20 State the applications of 1 phase and 3-phase induction motors.
Chapter-4
4.1 Explain the construction and working of moving iron and moving coil instruments.
4.2 State uses of (a) Megger (b) Multi meter and (c) Energy Meter in electrical circuits.
4.3 Explain Thermocouple instruments for measuring temperatures.
Chapter-5
5.1 Explain the basic principles of electric Heating.
5.2 State applications of electric Heating.
5.3 Explain the basic principles of electric welding.
5.4 Classify the methods of electric welding, state applications of each method.
126
5.5 Describe the working of DC welding generator with neat diagram.
5.6 Describe the working of welding transformer with neat diagram.
5.7 State the function of the following i) Switch ii) Fuse iii) Circuit breaker iv) Relay v)
Capacitor banks.
5.8 State safety precautions to be adopted for prevention of electric shock to persons working on electric
equipments or live wires.
5.9 State procedures for first aid to a person came into contact with live wires.
Chapter-6
6.1 Classify the materials like conductors, insulators and semi conductors based on i) Valence electrons ii)
Conductivity iii) Energy band diagrams.
6.2 Explain the P- type semiconductor and N – type semiconductor.
6.3 Explain P – N Junction diode.
6.4 State the applications of a P – N Junction diode (as a rectifier).
6.5 Explain the P– N – P and N – P – N transistors and their applications.
COURSE CONTENTS
1.Concepts of Current, Electric potential, potential difference, Resistance,
Conductance, Specific resistance and conductivity.Ohm’s Law – simple problems on D.C.circuits – Equivalent and
resistance- Parallel circuits – Kirchoff’s Laws – Problems- Single Phase circuits – Definitions related to alternative
quantities - Phase and phase difference – leading and lagging quanties – Phase relationships between voltage and
current in R, L, C, R-L in series , R-C in series and R-L-C in series – define power factor – Solve simple A.C.circuits –
expression– active power and reactive power- apparent power in single phase circuits- star and delta connections in 3-
phase circuits - expression– active power and reactive power- apparent power – simple problems on above.
2. Concepts of different terms related to Electromagnetism – electromagnetic induction – expressions for field
strength due to straight current carrying conductor and on the axis of solenoid - Dynamically induced emf – statically
induced emf – self and mutually induced emf – self inductance and mutual inductance – Simple Problems.
3. D.C & A.C. Machines – working – construction – types of D.C.generators – types of D.C motors – Generated emf –
Back emf – torque – equations – 3 – point starter – speed control – Applications of D.C Generators D.C. Motors- Single
– phase– Auto transformers – Construction and working principles of 3-phase and single phase induction motors –DOL
starter and Star delta starter Applications - Single – phase and Three – Phase induction motors.
4. Electrical Measuring Instruments – Construction and working of moving iron and moving coil instruments –
Megger, Multimeter – Single – Phase energy meter – Thermocouple Instruments.
5. Understand the different equipments& safety procedures used in industry basic principles of electric heating
and welding methods – classification of methods of electric heating and welding with their applications- D.C.welding
generator- welding transformer – functions of switch, fuse, circuit breaker, Relay , Capacitor banks and Motor control
centres- safety precautions to prevent shock – safety procedures for first aid against electric shock.
6. Electronic Devices – Semiconductors – P type and N type semiconductor – P – N Junction diode –PNP transistor
and NPN transistors with their applications.
REFERENCES BOOKS:
Electrical Technology – By B.L. Theraja (Vol – I and Vol – II)
Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering and Electronics – By B.L. Theraja.
The Art and Science of utilization of electrical energy - By H. Partab.
Electrical Technology – By Huges
Electrical Technology – By V.K. Mehta
III semester
Syllabus split up for Unit Test
Unit test NO Learning out comes to be covered
Unit test-II Objective from 3.6 to 6.5
127
44CHST-402 MASS AND ENERGY BALANCE
Course Course title No. of Periods Total number of Marks for Marks for
code /week periods FA SA
Mass and
CHST-402 Energy 5 75 20 80
Balance
S.No. Chapter/unit title No. of Weightage Short Essay Cos mapped

periods allocated answer type
questions questions
1. Units and Dimensions 10 6 2 -- CO1,CO2
2. Basic Calculations 20 26 2 2 CO1,CO2
3. Material balance without 1 2 CO1,CO2, CO4,CO5
23
Chemical Reactions 15
4. Material balance with 2 1 CO1,CO2,CO3, CO4,CO5
16
Chemical Reactions 8
5. Energy balance 12 23 1 2 CO1,CO2, CO4,CO5
6. Combustion 10 16 2 1 CO1,CO3
Total 75 110 10 8
Course objectives:
1. To familiarize with the terms used in Mass and Energy Balance, Physico-
Chemical relations and Combustion.
2. To calculate Mass Balance Problems and Energy balance problems and
evaluating various parameters used in chemical engineering.
3. To understand and reinforce the Physico-Chemical relation concepts in
solvingmaterialandenergybalanceproblemsofchemicalengineeringforbetterp
roductionresults.
CO1 CHST-402.1 Define, list, memorize and state the Basic concepts related
to Physico-Chemical relations, basic laws, unit conversions,
material and energy balance equations.
Course CO2 CHST-402.2 Understand the Principles, Theories, Equations, formulas
outcomes involved in mass and Energy balances, combustion and
Physico-Chemical relations.
CO3 CHST-402.3 Derive and differentiate the equations related to unit
conversion, Physico-Chemical relations, combustion, mass
and energy balance
CO4 CHST-402.4 Solve the problems related to unit conversion, Physico-
Chemical relations, combustion, mass and energy balance
CO5 CHST-402.5 Analyze the mass and energy balance for the processes of
chemical engineering and flue gas analysis in combustion
processes.
128
CO-PO/PSO MATRIX:
CHST-402.1 3 3
CHST-402.2 2 2 2
CHST-402.3 2 2 2
CHST-402.4 2 2 2
CHST-402.5 3 2 2
Average 3 2 2 3 2
3=STRONGLY MAPPED
2=MODERATELY MAPPED
1=SLIGHTLY MAPPED
Course code Course Title: Mass and Energy Balance No of periods: 75
CHST-402 No of Course outcomes 05

CO periods addressing
Mapped with Level
POs Remarks
CO No PO in Column 1 (1, 2, 3)
NO %
>40%- level 3
CO1, CO3,
PO1 30 40 2
CO4, CO5 25%-40% level 2
PO2 CO2, CO3, CO4 29 39 2 5-25% : level 1
PO3 CO2 16 21 1 <5%: not

addressed
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
Learning outcomes
Units and Dimensions:
1.0 Know about Physical Quantities
1.1 Know Fundamental and Derived quantities
1.2 Know about Unit and System of units
1.3 Know the Formula, Units in SI system and Dimensional formula of different derived
quantities.
1.4 Know the conversion factors for various fundamental quantities (Mass, Length, Time and
Temperature) from one system of unit to another system of units.
1.5 Know the conversion factors for the following derived quantities
a) Force b) Newton‘s Law conversion factor c) Pressure a) Work done b) Heat a) Viscosity
b) Heat capacity c) Latent heat d) Specific heat c) Power a) Kinematic Viscosity b) Surface
Tension c) Density d) Specific Volume from one system of unit to another system of units.
1.6 Know different dimensionless groups
1.7 Numerical problems on all the above topics
129
2.0 Basic Calculations:
(a) Stoichiometric and composition relationships
2.1 Define Atom, Molecule, Mole, Gram–atom, Gram–molecule, Gram molar volume
2.2 Define Molarity, Normality, Molality, PPM, Weight percent, Volume percent, Mole percent,
Analysis on dry basis and wet basis
2.3 Define Density and Specific gravity, different gravity scales, and relation between gravity
scale and Specific gravity ,
2.4 know the Variation of density and specific gravity with temperature
2.5 Numerous problems on all the above topics
(b) Behaviour of ideal gases

2.6 Kinetic theory of gases
2.7 Know about Gas laws: Boyle‘s law, Charles law,
2.8 Derivation of Ideal gas equation
2.9 Know about Vander Waal‘s equation of state, Critical properties of substances
2.10 Ideal gas constant–Derive the value of ideal gas constant in different system of units
2.11 state and explain Dalton‘s law of partial pressures
2.12 Explain the characteristics of an Ideal gas, Differences between Ideal gas and Real gas
2.13 (i) Derive the equation volume % = mole % = pressure % for an ideal gas mixture
(ii) Know about average molecular weight of a gas mixture and the evaluation procedure
2.14 Know the evaluation procedure for the density of a gaseous mixture
(c) Vapor Pressures:

2.16 Define vapour pressure, understand the relation between vapor pressure and boiling point
2.17 Know the effect of temperature on vapor pressure
2.19 Ideal solutions and Non-Ideal solutions. Differences between Ideal and Non-Ideal solutions
2.20 Define (a) Raoult‘s Law (b) Henry‘s Law for solutions
(d) Humidity and Saturation:

2.22 Define and explain the following.
(a) Un-saturation, Saturation
(b) Humidity, Absolute humidity, Relative Humidity, Molal absolute humidity, %Saturation
(c) Dew Point
2.23 Know about Dry and wet bulb temperature
3.0 Material balance without chemical reactions:

3.1 Know Unit operation and Unit Process. Give Examples
3.2 Know the basis for material balances
3.3 Understand the terms in the general material balance equation
3.4 Define and explain tie substance, key component and inert substance
3.5 Know about Degrees of Freedom
3.6 Know about steady and un-steady state mass balance
3.7 Solve material balance problems related to Evaporation
3.8 Solve material balance problems related to Drying
3.9 Solve material balance problems related to Mixing
3.10 Solve material balance problems related to Distillation
3.11 Solve material balance problems related to Extraction
3.12 Solve material balance problems related to Crystallization
3.13 Know about Bypass in continuous chemical processes with examples
130
3.14 Know about Recycle in continuous chemical processes with examples
3.15 Know about Purge streams in continuous chemical processes with examples
3.16 Know about Blow-down streams in continuous chemical processes with examples
4.0 Material balance with chemical reactions:

4.1 Know about Stoichiometry, application of stoichiometry, stoichiometric equations,
stoichiometric coefficients, and stoichiometric proportions .Give suitable examples
4.2 Define and explain (a) limiting component and (b) excess reactant
4.3 Understand % conversion in a chemical reaction
4.4 Understand % yield in a chemical reaction
4.5 Understand Degree of completion in a chemical reaction
4.6 Know about theoretical quantity of reactant
4.7 Know about selectivity of a chemical process
4.8 Solve problems related to oxidation of sulphur compounds
5.0 Energy balance:

5.1 Explain the terms internal energy and enthalpy
5.2 Define Heat and Work
5.3 State and explain 1st law of thermodynamics – problems related to 1st law
5.4 Derive the general energy balance equation for a steady flow process
5.5 Know the terms sensible heat, latent heat of fusion, latent heat of vaporization
5.6 Define Heat capacity and Specific heat
5.7 Explain the importance of mean heat capacity
5.8 Do the problems on heat requirement calculations, using Q = mcpΔT and Q = ncpΔT
5.9 Know about exothermic, endothermic, adiabatic and isothermal reaction systems
5.10 Define and explain Heat of Formation , Heat of combustion and Heat of Reaction,
6.0 Combustion process:

6.1 Distinguish between Partial and Complete Combustion
6.2 Define and explain Calorific values (Gross and Net Calorific values)
6.3 Calculate the calorific value of a fuel
6.4 Know about net hydrogen
6.5 Solve combustion problems
6.6 Explain the proximate and ultimate analysis of coal
6.7 Know about the composition of flue gas obtained after combustion of a fuel
6.8 Calculate the air requirement for combustion of a specific fuel
6.9 Know the compositions of fuel and flue gases,
6.10 Calculate the fuel analysis using flue gas analysis for complete combustion and incomplete
combustion
Course content with Reference books:

1.0 Units and Dimensions:
Physical Quantities-Fundamental and Derived quantities-Unit and System of units-Formula, Units in SIsystem and
Dimensional formula of different derived quantities-Area, Volume, Velocity, Acceleration, Density, Specific
volume, Work done-Energy-Enthalpy-Power-Heat Capacity-Humidity-Mass flow rate-Momentum-Acceleration
due to gravity-Volumetric flow rate-Viscosity-Specific heat-Latent heat-Surface Tension-Kinematic viscosity-
Conversion factors for various fundamental quantities-Mass, Length, Time and Temperature from one system of
unit to another system of unit-Conversion factors for various derived quantities- Force, Newton‘s Law conversion
factor, Pressure, Work done, Heat, Power, Viscosity, Heat capacity, Latent heat, Specific heat, Kinematic Viscosity,
Surface Tension, Density,
Specific volume from one system of unit to another system of unit-Dimensionless groups-Reynolds number,
Prandtl number, Nusselt number, Grashof number Conversion of one system of equation into another system.
131
2.0 Basic Calculations:
(a) Stoichiometric and composition relationships:
Define Atom, Molecule, Mole, Gram–atom, Gram–molecule, Gram molar volume-
Different methods of expressing concentration-Define Molarity, Normality, Molality,
PPM, Weight percent, Volume percent, Mole percent, Analyze on dry basis and wet basis-
Define Density and Specific gravity, Variation of density and
specific gravity with temperature-Numerous problems on all the above topics.
(b) Behaviour of ideal gases:
Kinetic theory of gases-Gas laws: Boyle‘s law, Charles law,
Derivation of Ideal gas equation-Vander Waal‘s equation of state, Critical properties of substances-Ideal gas
constant–Derive the value of ideal gas constant in different system of units-Define and explain Dalton‘s law of
partial pressures -Characteristics of on Ideal gas, Differences between Ideal gas and Real gas-Derive the equation
volume % = mole % =pressure % for an ideal gas mixture-Average molecular weight of a gas mixture-Density of a
gaseous mixture-Numerous problems on all the above topics.
(c) Vapor Pressures:
Vapor pressure, Effect of temperature on vapour pressure Ideal solutions and Non-Ideal solutions-Differences
between Ideal and Non-Ideal solutions-Define (a) Raoult‘s Law (b) Henry‘s Law for solutions-Numerous problems
on all the above topics.
(d) Humidity and Saturation:
Un-saturation, Saturation-Humidity-Absolute humidity-Relative Humidity-Molal absolute humidity-%Saturation-
Dew Point-Dry and wet bulb temperature-.
3.0 Material balance without chemical reactions:

Unit operation and Unit Process-Give examples for unit operation and unit -Basis for material balances-Terms in
the general material balance equation-Tie substance, key component and inert substance-Steps to solve material
balance problems-Degrees of Freedom-Steady and un-steady state mass balance-Material balance problems
related to Evaporation-Material balance problems related to Drying-Material balance problems related to Mixing-
Material balance problems related to Distillation-Material balance problems related to Extraction-Material
balance problems related to Crystallization-Bypass in continuous chemical processes with examples-Recycle in
continuous chemical processes with examples-Purge streams in continuous chemical processes with examples-
Blow down streams in continuous chemical processes with examples-
4.0 Material balance with Chemical Reactions:

Stoichiometry, application of stoichiometry, stoichiometric equations, stoichiometric coefficients, and
stoichiometric proportions-Limiting component-Excess reactant- % conversion in a chemical reaction system-%
yield in a chemical reaction system-Degree of completion in a chemical reaction system-Theoretical quantity of
reactant-Selectivity of a chemical process-Oxidation of sulphur compounds
5.0 Energy Balance:

Internal energy and enthalpy-Heat and Work-1st law of thermodynamics-Problems related to 1st law-General
energy balance equation for a steady flow process-Sensible heat, Latent heat of Fusion, Latent heat of
vaporization-Heat capacity and Specific heat-Importance of mean heat capacity-Problems on heat requirement
calculations using Q = mcp ΔT and Q = ncp ΔT-Exothermic, Endothermic, Adiabatic and Isothermal reaction
systems-Heat of Reaction, Heat of Formation and Heat of combustion
6.0 Combustion process:

Distinguish between Partial and Complete Combustion-Calorific values (Gross and Net Calorific values)-Net
hydrogen- Proximate and ultimate analysis of coal-Composition of flue gas obtained after combustion of a fuel-
Air requirement for combustion of a specific fuel-Compositions of fuel and flue gases, Fuel analysis using flue gas
analysis for complete combustion and incomplete combustion
132
REFERENCE BOOKS:

Chemical Process 1. Olaf A. Hougen Asia Publishing House
1 Principles 2. Kenneth M.Watson
3. Ronald A.Ragatz
Basic Principles and 1. David M.Himmel Bleau
2 calculations in Chemical
Engineering
Introduction to 1. K.A.Gavhane Nirali Prakashan
3 Stoichiometry
(SI units)
Stoichiometry and 1. K.V.Narayanan Prentice Hall of India
4
Process Calculations 2. B.Lakshmikutty Pvt Limited, New Delhi
Stoichiometry 1. B.I.Bhatt Tata McGraw-Hill
5 (SI Units) 2. S.M.Vora Publishing company
Limited, New Delhi
Process Calculations 1. V.Venkataramani Prentice Hall of India
6. Pvt Limited, New Delhi
2. N.Anantharaman
Process calculations for 1. Ch.Durga Prasada Rao MACMillan India
7. Chemical Engineers Limited
2. D.V.S.Murthy
C-23, CHST-402
Subject Name: Mass and Energy Balance
Syllabus split up for Unit Test
Unit test NO Learning out comes to be covered
Unit test-II Objectives from 4.1 to 6.11
133
CHST-403: MECHANICAL UNIT OPERATIONS
No. of Total no. of

Mechanical unit
CHST-403 5 75 20 80
operations
TIMESCHEDULE
S.No. Chapter/ unit title No of Weightage Short Essay type Co’s

periods allocated answer questions Mapped
questions
1. Introduction and Properties 18 29 3 2 CO1
of particulate Solids,
Storage and conveyance
2. Mixing 10 13 1 1 CO2
3. Size Reduction 18 26 2 2 CO3
4. Mechanical Separations 17 26 2 2 CO4
5. Filtration 12 16 2 1 CO5
Total Periods 75 110 10 80
Course objectives
(i) To know importance of size, shape, screening, storage and conveying of solids
(ii) To understand the objectives of mixing, mixing equipment, size reduction
Course objectives laws and equipment
(iii) To understand various mechanical separations, principles of filtration and its
equipment
COURSEOUTCOMES
CHST-403.1 C01 Appraise the concepts, definitions and importance of mechanical unit operations
CHST-403.2 C02 Describe the working principles and draw diagrams of mechanical unit operations
Equipment.
CHST-403.3 C03 Explain various laws of mechanical unit operations
CHST-403.4 C04 Derive various equations and solve problems in mechanical unit operations
CHST-403.5 C05 Analyse various mechanical unit operations and their applications
CO-PO/PSO MATRIX
CHST-403.1 2 3 1
CHST-403.2 3 3 2
CHST-403.3 1 3 1
CHST-403.4 1 3
CHST-403.5 1 3 2
Average 2 3 1 1 3 2 1
134
Mapped column I Level
PO no Remarks
with CO no (1,2 or 3)
No %
1 CO1 26 44% 3 >40% Level 3
2 CO2 27 45% 3 Highly addressed
3 CO3,CO4 5 8% 1
CO5 Not 25% to 40% Level 2 Moderately
4 2 3% addressed
addressed
5% to 25% Level 1 Low addressed
<5% Not addressed

Note:
PO5: Appropriate quiz programs may be conducted at intervals as decided by concerned
teacher.
PO6: Seminars on applications of mechanical unit operations in chemical engineering are to
be planned and conducted.
PO7: Standard books must be referred in library. Latest updates in reputed national and
International journals, attending seminars.
LEARNING OUTCOMES
1.0 Introduction and screening

1.1 Importance of mechanical operations in chemical industries.
1.2 State the importance of size, shape, density and sphericity of particle, specific surface,
average particle size and particle population.
1.3 Know about the mixed particle sizes and size analysis.
1.4 Specify various standard screening sieves viz. Taylor standard series & Indian standard series.
1.5 Know about differential screen analysis and cumulative screen analysis to evaluate specific surface,
average particle size and particle population.
1.6 Distinguish between differential and cumulative screen analysis
1.7 Know about actual & ideal screens, screen effectiveness and screen capacity.
1.8 Solve problems on screen analysis and screen effectiveness.
Storage and conveying

1.9 Know about storage of solids.
1.10 Understand the bulk storage of solids.
1.11 Know about bin storage- Flat bottomed bins, sloped bottomed bins, silos and hoppers.
1.12 List out various conveyors.
1.13 Explain the working of following conveyors with diagrams
(a) Belt conveyor
(b) Chain conveyor
(c) Screw conveyors and
(d) Pneumatic conveyors
2.0 Mixing
2.1 Know the importance of mixing.
2.2 Explain the mixing of various systems like (a)liquid-liquid (b) solid-liquid (c) gas-liquid and (d)solid-
solids.
135
2.3 Explain the working principle of mixing equipments with diagrams used for liquid-liquid mixing-
2.4 propellers (b) paddles and (c)turbines.
2.5 Know the difference between mixing, agitation and blending.
2.6 Explain about vortex formation and its significance.
2.7 Describe the working principle of mixing equipments with diagrams used for solid- solid mixing – (a)
Ribbon blenders (b) tumbling mixers.
2.8 Describe the working principle of mixing equipments with diagrams used for viscous masses-
(a) Banbury mixer (b) kneading machine (c) pug mill.
3.0 Size Reduction

3.1 Explain the principle involved in Size Reduction.
3.2 Know about mechanical efficiency and crushing efficiency.
3.3 State and explain (a) Rittinger’s Law (b) Kick’s Law (c)Bond’s crushing law and work index.
3.4 Evaluate the power requirement for crushing and grinding.
3.5 Classify the size reduction equipment.
3.6 Distinguish between crushing and grinding
3.7 Explain the working principles of following crushing equipment: Jaw crusher, Gyratory crusher, Roll
crusher.
3.8 Explain the working principles and line sketches of following grinding equipment: Roll mill, Ball mill
and ultrafine grinder.
3.9 Evaluate angle of nip in crushing rolls and the critical speed of Ball mill.
3.10 Mention the applications of various crushers and grinders.
3.11 Distinguish between closed circuit grinding and open circuit grinding.
3.12 Solve simple problems based on Rittinger’s Law, Kick’s Law and Bond’s crushing
3.13 Law, evaluate critical speed and angle of nip.
4.Mechanical Separations
4.1 List out the industrial screens and mention their applications.
4.2 Know about Grizzlies, Trammels, Shaking and vibrating screens.
4.3 Know about hydraulic classifiers-Mineral jig , Wilfley table
4.4 Explain froth flotation.
4.5 Know about magnetic separation and electrostatic separation.
4.6 Know about air separation methods – Air separator, Cyclone separator, Bag filter
4.7 Know about the working principles of Electrostatic precipitator and Scrubber.
4.8 Draw a neat sketch of cyclone separator.
4.9 Discuss the process of batch sedimentation and identify various zones.
4.10 Explain the Stokes’s law and Newton’s law.
4.11 Know about free settling and hindered settling
4.12 Define terminal velocity.
4.13 Explain the principle of working of industrial thickener with diagram.
4.14 Solve simple problems on terminal velocity.
5.0 Filtration
5.1 State the principles of cake filtration.
5.2 State the principles of constant rate filtration and constant pressure filtration.
5.3 Know about working principle of Plate and frame filter press and leaf filter
5.4 Draw a neat sketch of rotary drum filter.
5.5 Know about working principle of continuous rotary drum vacuum filter.
5.6 Know the various types of filter medium used and its requirements.
5.7 Know the function of filter aid and mention various filter aids.
5.8 Know about sand filters and use of coagulant
5.9 State the principles of centrifugal filtration.
136
5.10 Know the application and selection of various filters
5.11 Draw the neat sketches of centrifugal filters.
5.12 Explain the working principle of Batch and Continuous centrifugal filters
COURSE CONTENTS:
1. Introduction and screening: Particle size, shape, density and sphericity- mixed particle sizes and size
analysis- specific surface, average particle size and particle population-Standard screening sieves viz Taylor
standard series & Indian standard series- differential & cumulative screen analysis- actual & Ideal screens-
Screen effectiveness.
Storage and conveying of solids: Various types of storage of solids-Bin storage- flat bottomed bin, sloped
bottomed bin, silos, hoppers and bulk storage- Conveying-types of conveyers –Working principles – Belt
conveyor, Chain conveyor, screw conveyor and pneumatic conveyor.
2. Mixing: Objectives of mixing, Liquid-liquid mixers- paddles, turbines, propellers, agitators-

Solid-liquid mixers, mixer for viscous masses- Banbury mixer, ribbon blenders, tumbling mixers.
3. Size Reduction: Principles of communition- Size Reduction laws- Efficiencies in size

reduction- Size reduction equipments- Description and working of jaw crusher, gyratory crusher, roller
crusher, hammer mill, ball mill, ultrafine grinder- Evaluation of angle of nip- critical speed of ball mill - Closed
circuit grinding and open circuit grinding- simple problems on size reduction laws.
4. Mechanical Separations: Industrial screens -Their applications- Grizzlies, Trammels, Shaking,

vibrating screens, classifiers- hydraulic classifiers, jigging, tabling, froth flotation- Magnetic separation and
electrostatic separation- Air separation- cyclone separator, bag filters, electrostatic separators.
5. Filtration: Sand filters- Coagulants-Application of filters- Classification of filters- Selection of

filters- Plate and frame filter press, leaf filters, continuous rotary filters- Filter aids- Constant
pressure and constant rate filtration- Centrifugal filtration- Batch, semi continuous, continuous
centrifuges.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Unit operations of chemical Engg. by Warren L.Mc Cabe, Julian C.Smith and Peter
Harriott, Fifth edition, Mc Graw Hill Publication.
2. Introduction to Chemical Engg. by Walter L.Badger & Julius T.Banchero. Mc GRAW Hill
Publication.
3. Chemical engineering Series, Coulson & Richardson, Vol-1,5th edition, Butterworth
& Heinmannn Publications.
1. Unit operations –1, K.A.Ghavane, Nirali Prakashan Publications.
2. Mechanical operations, Kiran D Patil, Nirali Prakashan
3. PERRY’s Chemical Engineers hand book

137
CH ST-404 SUGAR CANE AGRICULTURE
No. Of Periods Total number

/ week of periods
SUGAR CANE
CHST-404 5 75 20 80
AGRICULTURE
Weightage Short Essay

No. of allocated answer type Cos
S.NO. Chapter/unit title
periods questions questions mapped
1 1
History and Botany of Sugar Cane,
1. 13 CO1
Soils and climate conditions 13
Preparatory cultivation, seed 3 2
2. selection and planting methods of 15 29 CO2
sugar cane
Irrigation, drainage, drought in sugar 3 2
3. cane, Ratooning and Lodging in sugar 17 29 CO3
cane
2 2
Maturity and harvesting of sugar
4. 17 26 CO4
cane, Nutrition
1 1
5. pests and diseases 13 13 CO5
Total 75 110 10 8
1. To familiarize with the terms used in sugar cane Agriculture- Soil, climate,
cultivation,seed,planting,Irrigation,Drainage,drought,Ratooning,lodging,nutrition.
2. To understand the seed selection, choose good yield varieties of seed, land
preparation for cultivation, irrigation methods to the crop, control pest and diseases of
COURSE sugar cane.
OBJECTIVES: 3. To understand about stages of growth in sugar cane. nutrition for crop, Ratooning
methods, lodging control methods., the pH of soil, good climatic condition to planting
and harvesting of sugar cane

CO1 CHST-404.1 Explain concepts of agriculture, history and botany of Sugar Cane, Soils and climate
conditions.
CO2 CHST-404.2 Indicate Seed selection, types of soil, cultivation Methods, land preparation.
CO3 CHST-404.3 Explain climatic condition, irrigation methods of drainage droughts, Ratooning and
lodging, in sugar cane
CO4 CHST-404.4 Suggest the maturity harvesting of sugar cane, and nutrition for crop
CO5 CHST-404.5 explain pests, diseases
138
CO-PO/PSO MATRIX
CH-ST-404.1 2 2
CH-ST-404.2 3 2 2 2 2 2
CH-ST-404.3 3 2 2 1 3
CH-ST-404.4 2 2 2 2 1
CH-ST-404.5 3 2 1 3
Average 2.4 2 2 1.5 1 2.5 2 1.5
3=strongly mapped 2=moderately mapped 1=slightly mapped
LEARNING OUTCOMES
SUGAR CANE AGRICULTURE

1.0 Understand the History of sugar cane,
1.1 Explain origin and spread of sugar cane in India & other countries
1.2 Explain the development of sugar cane in India.
1.3 List the important countries, important states in India cultivating sugar cane and their place of
ranking.
Understand the Botany of sugar cane
1.4 Distinguish between cultivated species and wild species of cane with examples.
1.5 Draw sketch of sugar cane and identify the parts.
1.6 Explain the importance of germination and root development in cane.
1.7 Explain the functions of stem, leaf, bud in cane.
1.8 State the importance of inflorescence, node, and internodes in cane.
Understand the, the elementary knowledge of soils and climatic condition of sugar cane
1.9 Define soil and composition of soils.
1.10 Explain the factors influencing in the formation of soils.
1.11 State the important types of soils in India with their characters. (Viz. Red, Alluvial, laterite,
black).
1.12 Define ‘Climate’ and ‘Tropical climate’.
1.13 State the general climatic conditions required for sugar cane growth to give good
yield.
1.14 State the two types of crops cultivated in sugar cane and differentiate between
EKSALIC & ADSALIC crops.
2.0 Understand the preparatory cultivation,

2.1 Explain the significance of preparatory cultivation.
2.2 State the points that should be kept in view for land preparation.
2.3 Explain the general schedule followed for cultivating sugar cane in our state.
2.4 State the various types of cultivation followed in our country and effect of depth preparatory
139
Cultivation.
2.5 Explain the cultivation methods of “Deep planting trenches” Ridgemer, Crow barying and Tractor
followed in A.P.
Understand the, seed selection and planting methods of sugar cane.
2.6 Define seed rate.
2.7 State the influencing factors of seed rate.
2.8 State and explain the types of planting methods adopted for sugar cane.
2.9 State and explain the method of “FURROW” planting adopted in A.P and its advantages.
3.0 Understand the irrigation, drainage, drought in sugar cane.

3.1 Define irrigation.
3.2 Mention the factors for need of irrigation in sugar cane.
3.3 Explain the irrigation requirement for sugar cane whole life.
3.4 Explain the methods adopted for irrigating the sugar cane crop.
3.5 Define drainage and effects of drainage on sugar cane.
3.6 Explain the various methods adopted for solving the drainage problem.
3.7 Define drought.
3.8 Explain effects of drought and methods of control in sugar cane.
Understand the Ratooning and Lodging in sugar cane
3.9 Define Ratooning in sugar cane.
3.10 State the advantages and disadvantages of Ratooning crop.
3.11 Define lodging.
3.12 Explain the effects of lodging and its control methods.
1. Understand the maturity and harvesting of sugar cane

4.1 State the various factors effecting the quality and yield on the cane.
4.2 Explain the favourable factors for lodging and disadvantage due to lodging.
4.3 Explain the preventative methods adopted to lodging of sugar cane.
4.4 Define maturity of sugar cane.
4.5 State the three governing factors of maturity in sugar cane.
4.6 Explain the various factors affecting in ripping of maturity in sugar cane.
4.7 Explain the various tests conducted to identify the stage of maturity in sugar cane.
4.8 Explain the methods of harvesting in sugar cane.
4.9 Explain latest harvesting methods in sugar Cane cultivation.
Understand the application and essentiality of nutrition in sugar cane,

4.10 Define nutrition crop.
4.11 State the application of manures to crop.
4.12 Explain the influence of nutrients in sugar cane crop.
4.13 Explain the function & symptoms of deficiency and application of fertilizer elements (NPK).
5.Understand the sugar cane pests & diseases –and their control.
1.1 Define the pests in sugar cane & explain the effects on cane due to pest
1.2 Explain the casual organism & symptoms of identification of various pests and their
control methods of sugar cane Viz…Borer: Pyrilla: Termites: Mealy bug: Scale insect
1.3 Define diseases of sugar cane and effects of diseases in sugar cane.
1.4 Explain the casual organism symptoms to identify the diseases and control methods
of various diseases. Viz.. Red rots; smut (or) whip smut; Wilt; Grassy shoot, Pineapple
diseases.
140
Course content with Reference books:
1. History of Sugar cane
Origin and spread of sugar cane – Development of sugar industry in India – Impartial countries, states in
India cultivating sugar cane.
Botany of Sugar cane
Botanical classification of sugar cane-sketch and identification of various parts in sugar cane and their
functions.
Soils and climatic conditions of sugar cane
Elementary knowledge of soils – Climate conditions favourable to sugar cane – Types of crops
cultivated.
2. Preparatory cultivation
Preparation of land (field) for cultivation. General schedule of cultivation – type of cultivation
Seeds to selection and planting methods of sugar cane
Importance of seed selection – Methods of seed treatment, seed rate, planting methods adopted in sugar
cane.
3. Irrigation – Drainage – Drought of sugar cane
Need of irrigation – Scheduling of irrigation – Normal requirement of irrigation – Methods adopted in sugar
cane – Importance of drainage – Effects of drainage to crop – Methods adopted – Drought in sugar cane –
Effects of drought removing methods.
Ratooning and Lodging in sugar cane
Importance of Ratooning – Pre required conditions for Ratooning – Advantages and disadvantages of crop
– Manuring of ratoons – Mixtures, rotations of crop – Lodging
4. Maturity and harvesting in sugar cane
Factors affecting the quality and yield of sugar cane – Maturity and its governing factors – Factors
affecting the ripening in sugar cane – Various tests for maturity – Harvesting
Methods of cropping in sugar cane – Favourable factors of lodging disadvantages – Preventive methods.
Nutrition in sugar cane
Criteria for essentiality of nutrition – Composition of elements in crop Requirement of elements Influence of
nutrients – Functions Symptoms of deficiency and application of fertilizer elements (NPK)
5. Sugar cane pests and diseases
Various types of diseases occurring to cane – Their effects – Casual organism Symptoms of identity –
Controlling methods. Various types of pests attacked to cane their effects casual organism – Symptoms of
identity – Control methods.
REFERENCE BOOKS
S.No. Book Title Author
1 Hand book of Cane Sugar Technology R.B.L. Mathur.
2 Sugar Cane Babu
3 Technology in Sugar Cane growing M Lakshmi Kantam
4 Diseases of Sugar Cane V.P. Agnihotri
5 Cane Sugar Agriculture NoeL Derr
6. Hand book of sugars Junk
7. Sugar Science and Technology. Birch
8. N.S.I and V.S.I Notes
9. Chemistry and processing sugar cane Clarke

Unit Test - I From 1.1 to 3.8
Unit Test - II From 3.9 to 5.13
141
CH ST -405 SUGAR TECHNOLOGY CHEMICAL CONTROL
Course Course title No. Of Periods / Total number of Marks for Marks for
CHST-405 SUGAR TECHNOLOGY 4 60 20 80
CHEMICAL CONTROL
S.NO. Chapter/unit title No. of Weightage Short Essay Cos

periods allocated answer type mapped
questions questions
I. MILL HOUSE CONTROL
1 Importance of chemical control & 08 1 1 CO1
Introduction to milling control and milling 13
terms
2 Mill extraction & Reduced mill extraction 16 29 3 2 CO2
3 Mill sanitation , Brix curves & Calibration 10 2 2 CO3

26
of vessels
II. BOILING HOUSE CONTROL
4 Introduction to boiling house control, 16 2 2 CO4
Boiling house terms , Boiling house
26
extraction & Reduced boiling house
recovery
5 Stock taking & Chemical balances of 10 2 1 CO5
26
sugars, non-sugars
TOTAL 60 110 10 8
1 To familiarize with the objectives of sugar technology chemical control-

milling control terms- M.E. &R.M.E
1 To familiarize with the Importance mill sanitation-effects on recovery- remedy
COURSE methods adopted- Brix curves & Calibration of vessels
OBJECTIVES 2 To understand and reinforce the concepts of boiling house control, Boiling house
terms , Boiling house extraction & Reduced boiling house recovery- Solving problems of
Stock taking & Chemical balances of sugars, non-sugars in sugar industries for better
production results.

CO1 CHST-405.1 Explain basic concepts chemical control and milling control terms.
CO2 CHST-405.2 Solve mill extraction (M.E) and reduced mill extraction (R.M.E).
CO3 CHST-405.3 Analyse the importance mill sanitation on recovery, brix curves &
Calibration of the Various weighing scales.
CO4 CHST-405.4 Analyse the various boiling house terms and boiling house extraction
&solve problems on BHR ,RBHR
CO5 CHST405.5 Solve problems on stock taking procedure. & apply chemical balances of
sugar and non-sugars for better recovery
142
CO-PO/PSO MATRIX
CHST-405.1 3 3 2 2
CHST-405.2 3 2 3 3 2 3 2
CHST-405.3 2 2 1 2 3
CHST-405.4 3 3 2 2 2 2
CHST-405.5 2 3
Average 2.6 2.5 2 2 3 2.4 2.5 2
LEARNING OUTCOMES
Upon completion of the course the student will be able to
I. MILL HOUSE CONTROL
1.0 Understand chemical control and milling control and the various milling terms.
1.1 Define chemical control.
1.2 Explain the importance of chemical control.
1.3 Define milling control.
1.4 Define the terms viz., brix, pol, purity, gravity, solids, refractive solids, apparent purity, gravity
purity, true purity, brix free cane water, fibre.
2.0 Understand mill extraction (M.E) and reduced mill extraction (R.M.E).
2.1 Explain direct inferential methods of determination of mixed juice % cane.
2.2 Calculation of Bagasse % cane.
2.3 Calculation of added water % cane.
2.4 Calculation of cane % cane.
2.5 Calculation of pol % cane.
2.6 Calculation of mill extraction.
2.7 Calculation of fibre % cane.
2.8 Calculation of added water % fibre.
2.9 Calculation of added water extracted in mixed juice % added water in cane.
2.10Calculation of undiluted juice lost in Bagasse % fibre.
2.11Calculation of brix free cane water % fibre.
2.12 Define R.M.E.
2.13 Explain the importance of R.M.E and solve problems
2.14 Compare the mill efficiencies of two sugar factories on R.M.E basis and interpret the
results.
2.15 Calculate whole reduced extraction (Mittal) and P.I
3.0 Understand the mill sanitation, brix curves & Calibrate the
Various weighing scales.
3.1 Explain the importance of mill sanitation.
143
3.2 List the micro organisms causing loss of sugar at mills.
3.3 Explain the methods adopted for mill sanitation.
3.4 Explain E.R.Q.V – Significance.
3.5 Solve problems on E.R.Q.V.
3.6 Explain the purpose of drawing the brix curves.
3.7 Calculate ideal brixes.
3.8 Draw graph between ideal and actual mixes.
3.9 Analyze the performance of mills with the help of brix curves.
3.10 Calibrate the imbibition’s water weighing scale.
3.11 Calibrate the automatic juice weighing scale. ( M.B. SCALE )
3.12 Calibrate the final molasses weighing scale.
II. BOILING HOUSE CONTROL
4.0 Understand the various boiling house terms and boiling house extraction.
4.1 Define the terms viz., standard granulated, equivalent standard granulated.
4.2 Derive S.J.M. formula for available sugar and molasses.
4.3 Explain the Winters formula for available sugars and molasses.
4.4 Calculate the available sugar and available molasses from the given material using S.J.M
4.5 Define the terms viz., B.H.R., B.B.H.R., B.H.R (ESG), B.H.P., and overall extraction.
4.6 Calculate B.H.R., B.B.H.R., B.H.R (ESG), B.H.P and over all extraction.
4.7 Calculate sugar (ESG).
4.8 Define the virtual purity of final molasses.
4.9 Calculate the virtual purity of final molasses.
Understand reduced boiling house recovery (extraction).
4.10 Define R.B.H.R.
4.11 Explain Noel deer’s formula for R.B.H.R
4.12 Solve problems on Gundurao’s formula for R.B.H.R.
4.13 State modified formula of Gundurao for R.B.H.R.
4.14 Calculate theoretical recovery % cane.
4.15 Calculate theoretical molasses % cane.
5.0 Understand stock taking procedure

5.1 Solve problems on stock taking calculations of sugar house products.
5.2 Calculate clarification efficiency and factor
Understand the chemical balances of sugar and non-sugars
5.3 Solve problems on pol balance, brix balance, non-sugar balance and crystal balance.
5.4 Interpret the results from above.
5.5 Explain the various losses in pol balances and Calculate the unknown loss.
COURSE CONTENTS :
I. MILLING CONTROL :
1. Definition and importance of chemical control &Definition of milling control :

Definition of the terms viz., brix, pol, purity, gravity solids, refractive solids, apparent purity, gravity
purity, true purity, brix free cane water, fibre.
2. Mill extraction & Reduced mill extraction

Direct / inferential methods of determination of mixed juice % cane, bagasse % cane, added water %
cane, cane % cane, pol % cane, mill extraction, fibre % cane, added water % fibre, added water extracted in
mixed juice % added water in cane, undiluted juice lost in bagasse % fibre, brix free cane water % fibre.
144
Definitions – Importance of R.M.E., Derivation of RME formula, solve problems on RME, comparison
of efficiencies of two sugar factories on RME basis, whole reduced extraction (Mittal), calculation of
preparatory index, mill loss, java ratio.
3. Mill sanitation, Brix curves

Importance of mill sanitation, micro – organisms causing loss of sugar at mills, ERQV and its meaning,
solve problems on ERQV.
Purpose of drawing brix curves, calculation of ideal brixes and interpretation of results
Calibration of weighing scales
Imbibition water, mixed juice and final molasses weighing scales.
II. BOILING HOUSE CONTROL:
3 Boiling house terms & Boiling house extraction :

Standard granulated, equivalent standard granulated (ESG).
Derivation of S.J.M. formula for available sugars molasses, Winter’s formula calculation of available
sugar’s molasses, using S.J.M and Winter’s formula. Define the terms viz., B.H.R., B.B.H.R., B.H.R (ESG), B.H.P
over all extraction. Calculation of B.H.R., B.B.H.R., B.H.R (ESG), B.H.P over all extraction, sugar (ESG).
Definition of virtual purity of final molasses. Calculation of virtual purity of final molasses
Reduced boiling house recovery :
Define R.B.H.R – To know the Noel Deer’s and Gundurao’s formula for R.B.H.R – and modified
formula of Gundurao for R.B.H.R – Calculation of theoretical recovery % cane and molasses % cane.
4 Stock taking procedure
Stock taking calculations of sugar house products-. clarification factor and efficiency
Chemical balances of sugar and non-sugars:
Preparation of pol, brix, non-sugar and crystal balances – Interpretation of results – Calculation of
unknown losses,.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. System of Technical Control for Cane Sugar Factories in India –N.C. Varma (STAI Publication).
2. N.S.I. Kanpur notes.
3. V.S.I Pune notes.

Unit Test - I From 1.1 to 3.12
Unit Test - II From 4.1 to 5.5
145
CH ST-406 ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY LABORATORY
Course Course title No. of Total no .of Marks for Marks for
Electrical Technology
CHST-406 3 45 40 60
Lab
TIME SCHEDULE
No. of Periods
S. No. Major Topics (3periods per
Session)
1 Network Laws & Theorems 06
2 Calibration of meters 06
3 Measurement of Power 06
4 Speed control of DC Motor 06
5 Brake test on 3-phase squirrel cage induction motor 03
6 Identification of components 06
7 Earthing and Safety 06
8 Test and Review 06
TOTAL 45
(i) To familiarize with the knowledge of different materials tools used in

Electrical Engineering processes
Course (ii) To use various basic capacities used in elecrtical Engineering processes
C01 Demonstrate the skill of planning and organizing experimental set up for a desired
purpose
C02 Perform precise operations/tasks with Engineering equipment or instrument for
Course investigation of Engineering problems
Outcomes C03 Observe various parameters, their variations and graphically represent the same
C04 Analyses the experimental results to draw inferences to make recommendation’s
C05 Practice ethics & etiquette while working in a group and display professionalism
while communicating as a member and leader in a group
CHST-406.1 3 2 2 2 - - - 3 1 2
CHST-406.2 3 2 3 3 - - - 3 3 3
CHST-406.3 2 3 3 3 - - - 2 2 2
CHST-406.4 3 3 2 2 - - - 3 2 3
CHST-406.5 3 2 3 3 - - - 3 3 3
Average 2.8 2.4 2.6 2.6 - - - 2.8 2.2 2.6
146
LEARNING OUTCOMES
Upon the completion of the practice the student shall be able to
I Verify Network Laws & Theorems

1. Verify Ohm’s Law
2. Verify the limitations of Ohm’s law
3. Verify Kirchoff’s current Law
4. Verify Kirchoff’s Voltage law
II Calibrate the different meters

1. Calibrate Dynamometer type of wattmeter
2. Calibrate single phase Energy meter
III Measure Power in DC and AC circuit

1. Measure power across a Resistor using voltmeter and ammeter when connected across a DC supply.
2. Measure power and Power factor in 1 - Ǿ inductive circuit by using Wattmeter, Volt meter and Ammeter
when connected across an AC supply.
IV PerformSpeed control of DC Shunt Motor by

(a) Rheostatic control method
(b) Field control method
V Conduct Brake test on 3-phase squirrel cage induction motor.

1. Conduct brake test on 3-phase squirrel cage induction motor.
VI Identify the various components

1. Identify resistors based on their colour code.
2. Identify capacitors based on their colour code.
3. Identify diodes with their rating
4. Identify Zener diode.
5. Identify the type of transistor (NPN or PNP)and their terminals (C,E,G).
VII DemonstrateEarthing and Safety

1. Demonstrate Pipe Earthing
2. Demonstrate Plate Earthing
3. Demonstrate Procedure of first aid on Electric shock.
Safety Precautions
General Safety Precautions to be observed by the student for all Electrical laboratory Practices
1. Every student has to bring insulated tool kit and follow the general safety precautions throughout the
lab sessions
2. Whenever handling/using a meter check for ‘zero’ position of the pointer and adjust for ‘zero’
position if there is any deviation
147
COURSE CONTENT
(I) Network Laws & Theorems

Ohm’s Law - limitations of Ohm’s law-. Verification of Ohms Law - Kirchoff’s current Law- Kirchoff’s Voltage
law -Super position theorem-Thevenins theorem
(II) Calibration of meters
Dynamometer type of wattmeter-Single phase Energy meter
(III) Measurement of Power
Across a Resistor in DC circuit- Across an Inductive circuit in an AC circuit.
(IV) PerformSpeed control of DC Shunt Motor by
Rheostatic control method - Field control method
(V) Brake test on 3-phase squirrel cage induction motor.
Conduct Brake test on 3-phase squirrel cage induction motor.
(VI) Identify the various components
Identify the various components- Resistors,Capacitors,Diode, Zener Diode,Transistor.
(VII) Earthing and Safety.
Demonstrate Pipe Earthing-Plate Earthing-First aid
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS IN ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY LAB.

1. Verification of ohms Law and Determination of the resistance of the given resistor.
2. Calibrate the given 1-phase energy meter (know how to connect the energy meter in a given circuit)
3. Measurement of power in D.C. Circuit consisting of resistance in a) Series b) parallel
c) Series and parallel combination.
4. Study of starters a) 3-point starters b) D.O.L starters and c) star/Delta starters.
5. Obtain the speed control of D C Shunt Motor by Field control method.
6. Obtain the speed control of D C Shunt Motor by Armature control Method.
7 Conduct the Brake test on 3-phase squirrel cage induction motor.
8. Identify the resisters based on the color coding.
9. Study of Earthing (i) Pipe Earthing (ii) Plate Earthling
10. Study the procedure of first aid on Electric shock.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1 Electrical Technology 1. B.L. Theraja S.CHAND Publishing
(Vol – I and Vol – II) 2. A.K. Theraja House
2 Fundamentals of B.L. Theraja S.CHAND Publishing

Electrical Engineering House
and Electronics
3 Electrical U.A. Bakshi Technical
measurements publications
148
CHST-407 CAD practice
Course code Course title No. of periods/week Total no .of periods Marks for FA Marks for SA
CHST-407 CAD practice 3 45 40 60
No. of Periods
S. CHAPTER/UNIT TITLE Cos
No. Mapped
1. Introduction to CAD 8 CO1
2. Dimensioning & Three dimensional modeling 7 CO2

Preparation of 2-D drawings, Flow sheet symbols &
3.
instrumentation symbols using CAD Software 15 CO3
4 Draw the plant layout using CAD 15 CO4
Total
45

(ii) To use various basic implements used in general Engineering processes
Course Objectives
(iii) To know the etiquette of working with the fellow workforce
CO No COURSE OUTCOMES
CHST- Demonstrate the skill of planning and organizing experimental set up for a desired purpose
C01
407.1
CHST- Perform precise operations/tasks with Engineering equipment or instrument for
C02
407.2 investigation of Engineering problems
CHST- Observe various parameters, their variations and graphically represent the same
C03
407.3
CHST- Analyse the experimental results to draw inferences to make recommendations
C04
407.4
CHST- Practice ethics & etiquette while working in a group and display professionalism while
C05
407.5 communicating as a member and leader in a group
CO-PO/PSO MATRIX:
CHST-407.1 3 - - - - - - - - 2
CHST-407.2 - - 3 - - 3 3 3 - -
CHST-407.3 - - 3 - 2 3 3 - - 1
CHST-407.4 - - 3 2 2 - 3 2 - 3
CHST-407.5 - - 3 3 2 2 - - 3 -
Average 3 - 3 2 2 3 3 2.5 - 2
149
Learning outcome
1. Introduction to CAD and its applications

a. Features of CAD
b. Starting and exiting
c. Drawing screen creation , saving and opening a drawing
d. Using pull down menu
e. Key board input
f. Setting of units and limits of a drawing
2. Drawing commands
a. Understanding the coordinate systems- Absolute coordinates, relative coordinates, polar
coordinates
b. Creation of lines, arcs, rectangle, polygon, ellipse, donut, polylines and text.
c. Selecting objects, erasing, undo, redo, oops
3. Modifying commands
a. Copy, mirror, offset, array, move, rotate, scale, stretch, lengthen, trim, extend, break,
chamfer, fillet, explode, editing text, hatching
4. Dimensioning
a. Dimensioning commands, setting dimensioning style, linear dimensions, aligned, ordinate,
radius, diameter, angular, editing a dimension, align text
5. Three dimensional modeling
a. Viewing in three dimensions
b. Types of three dimensional modelling i.e,wire frame models, surface models and
solid models
c. Editing of solids i.e, joining and subtracting of solids.
6. Plotting of a CAD drawing using printer
7. Drawing of symbols for pumps and compressors.
8. Drawing of symbols for vertical and horizontal boiler
9. Drawing of symbols for pipe lines.
10. Flow sheet symbols
a. Reducer, venturi meter, orifice meter, rotameter, sight flow indicator, pitot tube, burner ,
air trap bucket trap, vacuum trap, flat trap, separator, ejector
11. Draw the 2D drawings; Knuckle joint, screw jack.
12. Draw the following chemical equipments using CAD
a. Double pipe heat exchangerb) Mixer
13. Drawing of symbols for agitator, absorbers, fractionating column
14. Basic instrument symbols
a. Basic symbols for instrument with single service and function
b. For combination to instrument or device with two services or functions for transmitters
and for diaphragm valves
15. Draw the plant layout using CAD
a. Sugar Industry b. Cement Industry
16. 2D modelling and 3 D modelling .
17. simulation of fluid mechanics and heat transfer operations/equipment .
18. Python tool.
150
CHST-408COMMUNICATION SKILLS
Course Title : Communication Skills Course code: C-23-CHST- 408
{ Common to all Branches}
Semester : IV Semester Number of Periods : 45 ( 3 hrs per week)
Type of Course : Practical Max Marks : 100
{ Internal 40 + External 60 }
Course Objectives: The students shall

- communicate effectively in diverse academic, professional and everyday situations
- exhibit appropriate body language and etiquette at workplace
- be employable through preparing appropriate job applications and attend interviews confidently with all
necessary skills
Course Outcomes: The students shall

CO1: Listen and comprehend the listening inputs related to different genres effectively
CO2: Communicate effectively in interpersonal interactions, interviews, group discussions and presentations
CO3: Acquire employability skills: job hunting, resume writing, attending interviews
CO4: Practice appropriate body language and professional etiquette
Course Delivery: Text book: “Communication Skills”
by State Board of Technical Education and Training, AP
SlNo Unit Teaching Hours
1 Listening Skills 6
2 Work place Etiquette 3
3 Introduce oneself 3
4 Short presentation (JAM) 6
5 Group Discussion 6
6 Resume Writing and Cover Letter 3
7 Interview Skills 9
8 Presentation Skills 9
Total 45
Mapping Course Outcomes with Programme Outcomes:

Unit wise Mapping of CO –PO
CO Course Outcome COs / Unit Cognitive levels as per
Mapped Bloom’s Taxonomy
POs R/U/A/An
mapping ( Remembering /
Understanding / Applying/
Analyising)
CO 1 Listen and comprehend listening inputs 6,7 R/U/A
related to different genres effectively Unit 1
CO2 Communicate effectively in interpersonal Units 6,7 R/U/A/An
interactions, interviews, group 3,4,5,7,8
discussions and presentations
CO3 Acquire employability skills: job hunting, 6,7 R/U/A/An
resume writing, attending interviews Units
6,7
CO4 Practise appropriate body language and Units 6,7 R/U/A
professional etiquette 2, 3, 4,5,7,8
151
PO 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
CO POs 1 to 5 are applications of Engineering Principles, can’t be directly mapped to 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4
English Communication Skills
Course Content:
UNIT I:Listening Skills 6 periods

Pre – While- Post-listening activities- Listening to audio content (dialogues/ speech/ narrations) - answering
the questions and fill in the blanks- vocabulary
UNIT 2: Work place Etiquette 3 periods

Basics of Etiquette- politeness/ courtesy, good manners- features of work place etiquette- adaptability,
positive attitude, body language.
UNIT 3: IntroducingOneself 3 periods

Speak about oneself- introduce oneself to a gathering/ formal & informal situation- Know about others-
filling in the grid- introducing oneself in interviews
UNIT 4: Short Presentation 6 periods

Dos and Don’ts in short presentation- speak for a minute without repetition, deviation & hesitation - the
techniques to speak fluently – defining and describing objects, people, phenomena, events.- speaking on
randomly chosen topics.
UNIT 5: Group Discussion 6 periods

Fundamentals of Group Discussion- Dos and Don’ts- filling the Grid- possible list of topics- practice sessions-
sample videos-Group activity
UNIT 6: Resume Writing and Cover Letter 3 periods

Pre activity: answer the questions- jotting down biographical information- sample resumes- tips, Dos and
Don’ts- model resumes- practice exercises on Resume writing
UNIT 7: Interview Skills 9 periods

Pre –while-post activities: - things to do at three stages – respond to notifications- know the information
about the organisation-practice FAQs - preparation of good/ suitable C V, Body language, tips for success in
interviews, model / mock interviews.
UNIT 8: Presentation Skills 9 periods

Preparatory work: observe pictures and answer questions- different kinds of presentations- PPTs, Flash
cards, Posters, Charts. - tips to prepare aids, slide show, model PPTs, - checklist on pre, while and post
presentations.
152
CHST-409 MECHANICAL UNIT OPERATIONS LABORATORY
No. of Total no
Course code Course title Marks of FA Marks for SA
periods/week of periods
MECHANICAL UNIT
CHST - 409 OPERATIONS 3 45 40 60
LABORATORY
TIME SCHEDULE
1. SIEVE ANALYSIS 06
2. CRUSHERS 06
3. BALL MILL 06
4. FROTH FLOTATION 06
5. HYDRO CLASSIFIER 06
6. CYCLONE SEPARATOR 06
7. VERIFICATION OF STOKES LAW 06
8. TEST AND REVIEW 03
TOTAL 45
i) To reinforce theoretical concepts by conducting relevant experiments / exercises

ii) To Apply process principles learnt in other chemical engineering courses to practical
situations
Course
iii) To Perform precise operations/tasks with Engineering equipment or instrument for
Objectives
investigation of Engineering problems
iv) To broaden their professional foundation
v) Laboratory work could provide students with knowledge and practical skills
C01 Comprises experiments related to various aspects of heat, mass and momentum
transfer. After successfully conducting an experiment, the students need to write a
well formatted technical report
Course
C02 Identify and analyse the fundamental physical parameters of an experimental system
Outcomes
C03 Write technical reports
C04 Observe various parameters, their variations and graphically represent the same
C05 Analyse the experimental results to draw inferences to make recommendations
CO-PO MATRIX:
CO1 3 2 2 2 - - - 3 1 2
CO2 3 2 3 3 - - - 3 3 3
CO3 2 3 3 3 - - - 2 2 2
CO4 3 3 2 2 - - - 3 2 3
CO5 3 2 3 3 - - - 3 3 3
Average 2.8 2.4 2.6 2.6 - - - 2.8 2.2 2.6
153
LEARNING OUTCOMES:
List of Experiments:
1. SIEVE ANALYSIS
1.1 Perform screen analysis for determination of average size, Specific surface area, Particle
Population for the given sample
2. CRUSHERS
2.1 Verification of the various laws of crushing by using Jaw crusher.
2.2 Verification of various crushing laws using roll crusher.
2.3 Determination of angle of nip in roll crusher.
3. BALL MILL
3.1 Determination of critical speed & energy consumed in size reduction using ball mill / rod Mill
4. FROTH FLOTATION
4.1 Perform froth flotation experiment to concentrate the ore
5. HYDRO CLASSIFIER
5.1 perform an experiment on hydro classifier to separate a mixture into fraction
6. CYCLONE SEPARATOR
6.1 perform an experiment on cyclone separator to determine the efficiency
7. VERIFICATION OF STOKES LAW
7.1 Verification of Stokes law by settling a particle in a liquid column
Reference books:
1. “Unit Operations of Chemical Engineering” by Warren L. McCabe, Julian C.Smith, Peter

Herriot.McGraw Hill Publication, Fifth Edition.
2. Introduction to chemical Engineering by Warren L. Badger & Julius T. Banchero, McGraw – Hill
publication.
3. Unit Operations –I & II, K.A.Ghavane, NiraliPrakasham Publications.
154
CH-ST-410 SUGAR TECHNOLOGY CHEMICAL CONTROL LABORATORY
Course code Course title No. of Total no. of Marks for FA Marks for SA
SUGAR TECHNOLOGY
CHEMICAL CONTROL
CHST-410 3 45
LABORATORY 40 60
TIME SCHEDULE
1. Brix pol; purity of sugar samples 8
2. Bagasse 5
3. Filter cake 6
4. Test papers 6
5. PH of solutions 3
6. Testing of sugar traces in condensate water 4
7. Sucrose analysis 6
8. Test and Review 7
Total 45
Course title : CHST-410 SUGAR TECHNOLOGY CHEMICAL CONTROL LAB

experiments/exercises’
C01 Demonstrate the skill of planning and organizing experimental set up for a
desired purpose
C02 Perform precise operations/tasks with Engineering equipment or instrument
for investigation of Engineering problems
Course C03 Observe various parameters, their variations and graphically represent the
Outcomes same
C04 Analyse the experimental results to draw inferences to make
recommendations
C05 Practice ethics & etiquette while working in a group and display
professionalism while communicating as a member and leader in a group
CO1 3 2 2 2 - - - 3 1 2
CO2 3 2 3 3 - - - 3 3 3
CO3 2 3 3 3 - - - 2 2 2
CO4 3 3 2 2 - - - 3 2 3
CO5 3 2 3 3 - - - 3 3 3
Average 2.8 2.4 2.6 2.6 - - - 2.8 2.2 2.6
155
LEARNING OUT COMES
On completion of the course the student should be able to
1.0 Analysis of Brix.pol,purity of sugar samples
1.1 Determine the brix of the juice present in cane by hand – refracto meter.
1.2 Determine the brix : pol : purity of sugar cane juices.
1.3 Determine the brix; pol; purity of syrup/molasses/massecuites by dilution and semi
normal method.
2.0 Analysis of Bagasse.
2.1 Determine the moisture percent in bagasse.
2.2 Determine the pol % bagasse by rapipol extractor / bagasse digester.
3.0 Analysis of filter cake.
3.1 Determine the moisture percent in filter cake.
3.2 Determine the pol percent in filter cake.
4.0 Prepare B.T.B and other test papers.
4.1 Prepare the B.TB. test papers in the lab and test the pH of juices.
5.0 pH determination method in sugar samples.
5.1 Determine the pH of the clear juice / sulphited juice / syrup by using
a) pH meter
b) Test papers
c) pH comparator.
6.0 Analysis of condensate water for sugar traces.
6.1 Determine the sugar traces by alphanaphthol test in condensed water.
7.0 Analysis of sucrose.
7.1 Determine the sucrose content in juices / syrup / molasses by Jackson and Gills method.
7.2 estimation of Sucrose/Ash ratio in final molasses
8.0 Test and Review.
8.1 Evaluation of all the experiments done.
8.2 Review of all the experiments conducted.
8.3 Conducting of pre final practical exam.
COURSE CONTENTS :
1. Analysis of brix; pol; purity of sugar samples.
2. Analysis of bagasse.
3. Analysis of filter cake.
4. Preparation of test papers.
5. pH determination.
6. Testing of sugar traces in condensed water.
7. Analysis of sucrose./Ash in sugar samples
8. Test and Review.
REFERENCE BOOKS :
1. S.T.C.C. by N.C. Verma, N.S.I. Kanpur.
2. Hand Book of Sugar Cane Technology by R.B.L. Mathur.
156
V SEMESTER
157
CURRICULUM-2023
V SEMESTER
Instruction
Periods/Week
Total Scheme of examination
(NON- MODULAR
period
Sub code Name of the subject )
s/
End Total
Practic year Durati Session
Theory exam mark
als on al marks
marks s
THEORY SUBJECTS
CH-ST-501 Industrial management 20 80 100
and entrepreneurship 60 3
4 -
CH-ST-502 Thermo dynamics and 20 80 100
reaction engineering 5 - 75 3
CH-ST-503 Mass transfer 20 80 100

5 - 75 3
Operations
CH-ST-504 Sugar equipment
capacity calculation 75
5 - 3 20 80 100
CH-ST-505 By products and
pollution control 5 - 75
3 20 80 100
PRACTICALS
CH-ST-506 Sugar equipment 40 60 100
drawing and plant lay - 3 45 3
out
CH-ST-507 Mass transfer Operations 40 60 100
lab - 3 45 3
CH-ST-508 Life Skills 40 60 100

3 45 3
CH-ST-509 Sugar Technology lab 40 60 100

- 3 3
. 45
CH-ST-510 Project work 3 45 3 40 60 100
Student Activities - 3 45
Total 24 18 630 300 700 1000
NOTE: CH-ST-508 COMMON TO ALL BRANCHES
158
CHST-501: INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT AND ENTERPRENUERSHIP
No. Of
Total number of Marks Marks
Course code Course title Periods /
periods for FA for SA
week
CHST-501 Industrial Management and
04 60
20 80
Entrepreneurship
TIME SCHEDULE
Weightage Short Essay type
No. of CO’s
Sl. Chapter/ Unit Title allocated answer questions
Periods Mapped
No. questions
Principles of Management. 08 16 2 1 C01
1.
Organization Structure & Organizational 2 2
2 15 26 CO2
Behavior.
3. Production Management. 14 26 2 2 CO3
Engineering Ethics & Safety and Labor Codes. 15 26 2 2 CO4
4.
5. Entrepreneurship & Start-ups. 08 16 2 1 CO5
Total 60 110 10 8

(i) Familiarize the concepts of management, and organization structures.
(ii) Exposure to organizational behavioral concepts, basics of production
COURSE management in industries.
OBJECTIVES (iii) Exposure to Engineering Ethics, Industrial Safety, Labor codes and entrepreneurial
start-ups programmes.
CO1 CHST-501.1 Understand the principles of management as applied to industry.

C02 CHST-501.2 Explain types of the industrial organization structures and the behavior
of an individual in an organization, motivational and leadership styles.
COURSE
OUTCOMES
C03 CHST-501.3 Explain the different aspects of production management.
CO4 CHST-501.4 Explain Engineering Ethics, Industrial Safety and industrial Labour
Codes.
CO5 CHST-501.5 Explain Entrepreneurial development programmes and Start-ups.
CO and PO Mapping
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PSO PSO PSO
1 2 3
CO1 1 1
CO2 1 2
CO3 3 2 2
CO4 3 1 2
CO5 2 1 2
159
3: High, 2: Moderate, 1: Low Note:
The gaps in CO and PO mapping will be achieved by one or more appropriate activities from the following:
(i) Assignments (ii) Tutorials (iii) Seminars (iv) Guest Lectures (v) Group Discussions
(vi) Quiz (vii) Industry Visits (viii) Tech-Fest (ix) Mini Projects (x) Library Visits.
Learning Outcomes
Understand the principles of management as applied to industry.
1.0 Principles of Management
1.1 Define industry, commerce (Trade) and business.
1.2 Know the need for management.
1.3 Understand functions of Management.
1.4 List the principle of scientific management by F.W.Taylor
1.5 List the principle of modern management by Henry Foyal.
1.6 Differentiate management, administration and organization
1.7 Differentiate Lower, Middle and Top level management
1.8 Explain the importance of Managerial skills (Technical, Human, Conceptual)
1.9 Know the objectives of Management Information Systems.
1.10 Know the Characteristics of Management Information Systems.
2.0 Organization Structure & Organizational Behaviour

2.1 Define organization structure.
2.2 Explain line, staff and line & staff organization structures with advantages, disadvantages
and applications.
2.3 List various Motivation theories.
2.4 Explain Maslow’s Hierarchy of needs.
2.5 Explain Different leadership styles.
2.6 Explain Trait theory of leadership
2.7 Explain Behavioral theory of Leadership.
2.8 Explain the Responsibility of human resource management.
2.9 Understand the process of recruitment, selection and training
2.10 State the Objectives of Job Analysis.
3.0 Production Management

3.1 Define Production, Planning and Control.
3.2 Explain Briefly Mass production, Batch production and Job order production.
3.3 Define the terms Routing, Scheduling and Dispatching.
3.4 List applications of network diagrams in production planning and control.
3.5 Draw PERT and CPM Network Diagrams – Simple Problems.
3.6 Know the functions of Materials Management.
3.7 Explain ABC analysis of Inventory.
3.8 Explain concept of Economic ordering quantity.
3.9 Explain meaning of Supply chain management.
3.10 Write processes of Supply Chain Management
3.11 List the Functions of Purchase Department.
3.12 Write functions of Stores Department.
4.0 Engineering Ethics & Safety and Labour Codes

4.1 Definition of Engineering Ethics.
160
4.2 Understand Core qualities of Professional Engineers.
4.3 Explain Different types of Ethics in Engineering.
4.4 State the meaning of Intellectual Property Rights
4.5 List common types of Intellectual Property Rights.
4.6 List Activities of Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR).
4.7 State the need of Human values in engineering fields.
4.8 Comprehend the importance of safety at Workplace.
4.9 ListDifferent hazards in the industry.
4.10 State the causes of accidents costs of accidents and their prevention.
4.11 List Salient features of Code on Wages, 2019.
4.12 List Salient features of Industrial Relations Code, 2020,
4.13 List Salient features of Code on Social Security, 2020
4.14 List Salient features of Occupational Safety, Health and Working Conditions Code, 2020.
5. Entrepreneurship & Start-ups

5.1Define the word Entrepreneur and Entrepreneurship.
5.2Explain various self - employment schemes
5.3List the Financial assistance programmes provided by the Governments.
5.4Explain the concept of TQM and ISO 9000 series and BIS 14000 Series.
5.5List the Advantages and Drawbacks of ISO 9000 series of standards.
5.6Explain the Concept of Incubation center’s.
5.7Explain Startup and its stages.
5.8Explain Break Even Analysis to make or buy the products.
5.9State the Importance of Branding.
5.10State the significance of Business name, logo and tag line.
5.11Explain the Concepts of Digital Marketing.
5.12Know the Role of E-commerce and Social Media.
Course Content
1.0 Principles of Management
Introduction: Industry, Commerce and Trade; Definition of management; Functions of management;
Principles of Scientific Management: F.W. Taylor - Principles of Modern Management: Henry Fayol;
Administration organization and management; Levels of management - Managerial skills -
Management Information Systems: Objectives and Characteristics.
2.0 Organization Structure & Organizational Behaviour

Organization Types: Line, Staff and Line & Staff Organizations – Maslow’s motivational theory; Leadership
Styles – Trait theory of leadership – Behavioural theory of Leadership.
Job Analysis - Responsibility of human resource management - Selection procedure – Training of Workers:
Apprentice Training – On job training.
3. Production Management.
Production, Planning and Control – Types of Production - Routing, Scheduling and Dispatching - PERT and
CPM Network Diagrams – Applications - –Calculate Project Duration and identify the critical path of the
Project – Simple Problems; Functions of Materials Management - ABC analysis of Inventory. - Economic
ordering quantity- Meaning of Supply Chain Management – Processes of Supply Chain Management -
Functions of Purchase Department - Purchasing Procedure -Functions of Stores Department – Bin Card.
4. Engineering Ethics & Safety and Labour Codes
161
Engineering Ethics: Definition – Classification of Engineering Ethics - Personal and Business ethics –Value
based ethics - Environmental ethics – Meaning of Intellectual Property Rights – Common types of Intellectual
Property Rights - Activities of Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR).
Human values : Morals – Values –Character- Caring –Courage - Cooperation – Commitments –Empathy –
Honesty- Integrity - Respect for others – Sharing–Service learning.
Industrial Safety: The importance of safety at Workplace -Hazard and accident - Different hazards in the
industry -The causes of accidents and prevention of accidents - Direct and indirect cost of accidents.
Industrial Labour Codes: Meaning of Employer and Employee - Objectives of Industrial Labour Codes –
Salient features of Code on Wages, 2019 - Salient features of Industrial Relations Code, 2020 - Salient
features of Code on Social Security, 2020 - Salient features of Occupational Safety, Health and Working
Conditions Code, 2020.
5. Entrepreneurship & Start-ups

Entrepreneur - Entrepreneurship - Role of Entrepreneur - Qualities of an entrepreneur- Requirements of an
entrepreneur - Expectations of Entrepreneurship - Self-employment schemes - Institutional support -
Concept of TQM –Pillars of TQM- Importance of ISO 9000 certification - Concepts of ISO 9000 Series and BIS
14000 Series- Advantages and Drawbacks of ISO 9000 series of standards - List the beneficiaries of ISO 9000.
Financial assistance programmes - Concept of Incubation center’s – Start-up and its stages –– Make or Buy
Decision – Break Even Analysis - Branding – Business name, logo and tag line – Concepts of Digital Marketing
- Role of E-commerce and Social Media.
REFERENCEBOOKS
1. Industrial
Engineering and Management -by O.PKhanna
2. Production Management-by Buffa.
3. Engineering Economics and Management Science-by Banga& Sharma.
4. Personnel Management by Flippo.
5. Production and Operations Management–S.N.Chary
6. Converging Technologies for Smart Environments and Integrated Ecosystems
IERC Book Open Access 2013 pages-54-76.
Table specifying the scope of syllabus to be covered for Unit Test-I & Unit Test-II
CHST-501:: Industrial Management and Entrepreneurship

Unit Test Learning Outcomes to be covered
Unit Test – I From 1.1 to 3.12
Unit Test – II From 4.1 to 5.12
162
CHST-502 THERMODYNAMICS AND REACTION ENGINEERING
Course No. Of Periods Total number of Marks for Marks for

Course title
code / week periods FA SA
CHST-502 Thermodynamics and Reaction 5 75 20 80
Engineering
Weightage Short Essay type Cos

No. of
S.No. Chapter/unit title allocated answer questions mapped
periods
questions
THERMODYNAMICS
1. Introduction, First law of 20 29 3 2 CO1
thermodynamics and
Volumetric properties of pure
fluids
2. The second law of 15 23 1 2 CO2
thermodynamics
3 Refrigeration and Liquefaction 10 16 2 1 CO3
REACTION ENGINEERING AND CATALYSIS
4. Chemical kinetics and ideal 20 29 3 2 CO4
reactors
5 Catalysis and Industrial reactors 10 13 1 1 CO5
Total 75 110 10 8
(i). To understand the theory and applications of classical thermodynamics, thermodynamic

Properties, equations of state, methods used to describe and predict phase equilibria.
(II )To apply knowledge from differential equations, thermodynamics, general chemistry, and
material and energy balances to solve reactor design problems, To examine reaction rate
Course
data to determine rate laws, and to use them to design chemical reactors, To simulate
Objectives
several types of reactors in order to choose the most appropriate reactor for a given Feed,
To design chemical reactors with associated cooling/heating equipment
(iii) To make the student understand the properties of catalyst and mechanism of catalytic
reactions for the design of processes involving catalytic reactions
Co no’s Course outcomes

CO1 CHST-502.1 Analyse the fundamental laws of thermodynamics and volumetric properties of fluids
CO2 CHST-502.2 Explain the 2nd law of thermodynamics, entropy.
CO3 CHST-502.3 Analyse the refrigeration and liquefaction processes
CO4 CHST-502.4 Describe the reaction kinetics, and material and energy balances
CO5 CHST-502.5 Examine catalyst mechanism and types of catalytic reactors
CO-PO/PSO MATRIX
CHST-502.1 2 2 2 1
CHST-502.2 3 2 2 2 2 2
CHST-502.3 2 1 2 2 3
CHST-502.4 3 3 2 2 2 3 2
CHST-502.5 2 1 2
Average 2.4 2 2 1.5 2 2 2.5 2
163
NOTE: Un mapped or weakly mapped PO’S of above may be achieved by the following activities
LEARNING OUTCOMES:
1. Introduction and First law of thermodynamics and Volumetric properties of pure fluids
1.1 Describe importance of thermodynamics.
1.2 Define internal energy, enthalpy and their units in SI system.
1.3 Define the statement for 1st law of thermodynamics. And derive an expression of first
law of thermodynamics for the following processes:
a) Closed process b) Steady state flow process.
1.4 Differentiate between state and path functions. And distinguishes extensive and
intensive properties. Define heat capacity and specific heat
1.5 Derive the relation of constant volume and constant pressure processes
1.6 Explain (a) Equilibrium (b) Reversible process.
1.7 Describe the PVT behaviour of pure substances.
1.8 Define ideal gas and the characteristics of ideal gas.
Derive Cp – Cv = R for a mole of an ideal gas.
1.9 Define compressibility factor and know about compressibility Chart
1.10 Explain about the following processes.
a) Isobaric b) Isochoric c) Isothermal and d) Adiabatic.
1.11 Derive expression for U, H, Q and W in the above processes connecting PVT
properties.
1.12 Solve problems on calculation of U, H, Q and W in the above processes connecting
PVT Properties
2. The second law of thermodynamics and Chemical reaction equilibria
2.1 Explain the statements of second law of thermodynamics.
2.2 Distinguish between heat engine and heat pump.
2.3 draw the schematic representation
2.4 Define cop in heat engine and heat pump.
2.5 State and explain Carnot cycle principle.
2.6 Define entropy and its SI units.
2.7 List the entropy characteristics.
2.8 Explain the entropy changes of an ideal gas.
2.9 State the mathematical statement of 2nd law of thermodynamics.
2.10 State third law of thermodynamics
2.11 Know the property relations for homogeneous phases
(a) H=U+PV (b) A=U-TS (c) G=H-TS (d) fundamental property relations(e) Maxwell’s equations
3. Refrigeration and Liquefaction.

3.1 Define refrigeration. Explain the cycle of refrigeration.
3.2 Classify various methods of refrigeration.
3.3 List various applications of refrigeration.
3.4 Define refrigerant. Classification of refrigerants (primary and secondary).
3.5 Explain the principle of Carnot cycle refrigerator.
3.6 Explain choice of refrigerant.
3.7 Explain the method of obtaining vapour compression refrigeration.
164
3.8 Explain the method of obtaining vapour absorption refrigeration.
3.9 Solve simple problems on refrigeration capacity, COP on refrigeration
3.10 Explain liquefaction process. State Various methods of liquefaction
3.11 Explain Linde liquefaction process
3.12 Explain Claude liquefaction process
4. Chemical kinetics and ideal reactors

4.1 Explain the importance of reaction kinetics in chemical industries.
4.2 Classification of reactions.
4.3 Define reaction rate and know its units.
4.4 Explain the variables affecting the rate of reaction.
4.5 Define single, multiple, elementary and non-elementary reactions.
4.6 Differentiate between molecularity and order of reaction.
4.7 Define rate constant k and know representation of a rate equation.
4.8 Explain temperature – dependent term and temperature dependency from Arrhenius law.
4.9 Explain constant – volume batch reactor.
4.10 Explain a) Integral method of analysis of data.
b) Differential method of analysis of data.
4.11 Define the following with examples.
a) Zero order b) First order c) Second order .
4.12 Define space time and space velocity.
4.13 Explain broad classification of reactor types. And derive design equation
a) Ideal batch reactor
b) Ideal steady state mixed flow reactor
c) Ideal steady state plug flow reactor
5. Catalysis and Industrial reactors.

5.1 Understand the catalysis. Classification of catalysis.
5.2 Comprehend the characteristics of a catalytic reaction.
5.3 Define auto catalysis.
5.4 State the function of promoters, accelerators, carriers, inhibitors in catalytic reaction
with examples.
5.5 Explain catalyst poisoning.
5.6 List out some important commercially available catalysts.
5.7 Name some industrial catalytic processes.
5.8 Understand the working principle of the following with the help of neat sketches.
a) Fixed bed reactors
b) Moving bed reactors
c) Fluidized bed reactors
COURSE CONTENTS :
1. Introduction and First law of thermodynamics and Volumetric properties of pure fluids.
The scope of thermodynamics- Internal energy –enthalpy- Formulation of first law –closed process –First
law for Steady state flow process – State functions and path functions- heat capacity and specific heat-
Constant volume and constant pressure processes - Equilibrium – Reversible process.
PVT behaviour of pure substances – Ideal gas ––Definition of compressibility factor-cubic equation of
state-Vanderwaal’s equation- Cp – Cv = R for a mole of an ideal gas-State and explain about the following
processes : a) Isochoric b) Isobaric c) Isothermal and d) Adiabatic.- different expressions for U, H, Q and
W for the above processes connecting PVT properties- Problems on calculation of U, H, Q and W in the
above processes
165
2. The second law of thermodynamics:
Statements of second law – The heat engine and heat pump- Carnot principle- Carnot cycle for an ideal gas –
Entropy – Entropy changes of an ideal gas – Mathematical statement of the second law – The third law of
thermodynamics, Statement - property relations for homogeneous phases-enthalpy, Helmholtz energy, Gibb’s
energy –fundamental property relations-Maxwell’s equations
3. Refrigeration and Liquefaction:

The Carnot refrigerator – Vapor –Compression cycle – Comparison of refrigeration cycles – Refrigerants –
Choice of refrigerant –Absorption refrigeration – Heat pump-Liquefaction- Linde liquefaction- Claude
liquefaction process
4. Chemical kinetics and ideal reactors

Importance of Chemical kinetics – Classification of reactions –Variables affecting the rate of reaction –
Reaction rate- Concentration dependent term of a rate equation – Single and multiple reactors, elementary
and non elementary reactions – Molecularity and order of a reaction- Rate constant K -representation of a
reaction rate –Temperature dependent term of rate equation-Arrhenius Law-Constant volume batch
reactor – Integral method of analysis of data-irreversible uni molecular first order reaction-irreversible
bimolecular type second order reactions-empirical rate equation for nth order– Broad classification of
reactor types – Ideal batch reactor – Space time and space velocity – Steady state mixed flow reactor –
Steady stated plug flow reactor –Problems.
5. Catalysis and Industrial Reactors :

Types of catalysis – Characteristics of catalytic reactions – Auto catalysis – Accelerators, Promoters,
inhibitors, poisons- some important catalysts- industrial catalytic processes-Important industrial reactors
REFERENCE BOOKS :
1. Introduction to Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics – by Smith and Vannes, 4th Edition.
2. Chemical reaction Engineering – by Octave Levenspiel, 2nd edition.
3. Introduction to Chemical Reaction Engineering – by K.A. Gavane, Nirali Publications.
4. Chemical Kinetics – by J.M. Smith.

Unit Test-II From 3.1—5.8
166
CHST-503 MASS TRANSFER OPERATIONS
No. of Total no. of

CHST-503 Mass Transfer Operations 5 75 20 80
S.No. Chapter/unit title No. of Weightage Short answer Essay type

CO’s Mapped
periods allocated questions questions
Introduction & 1 1
1. Diffusion 10 13 CO1,CO3,CO4
2. Distillation 15 26 2 2 CO1 to CO4

Absorption & 2 1
3. 13 16 CO1 to CO4
Adsorption
Leaching and 1 1
4. 10 13 CO1,CO2,CO4, CO5
Extraction
Humidification and 2 2
5. 15 26 CO1 to CO4
Membrane separation
Drying and 2 1 CO1,
6. 12 16
Crystallization CO2,CO3,CO4,CO5
(i) To know about unit process, unit operation diffusion, mass transfer
operation, distillation- various distillation equipments
Course (ii) To know about absorption, adsorption, extraction, leaching, humidification, membrane
objectives separation and their equipments
(iii) To understand drying and crystallization operations and their equipments
CO1 CHST-503.1 Illustrate the concepts, definitions and importance of mass transfer with examples,
classify mass transfer operations
CO2 CHST-503.2 Appraise the working principles of equipments, and draw diagrams pertaining to various
mass transfer operations
CO3 CHST-503.3 Explain the laws and equations pertaining to various mass transfer operations
CO4 CHST-503.4 Solve the problems pertaining to various mass transfer operations
CO5 CHST-503.5 Compare the industrial applications pertaining to various mass transfer operations.
CO-PO/PSO MATRIX
CHST-503.1 3 3
CHST-503.2 1 1 3 2 1
CHST-503.3 3 3 1
CHST-503.4 1 3 1
CHST-503.5 3 3
Average 3 1 1 1 3 2 1

Note:
PO5: Appropriate quiz program may be conducted at intervals as decided by concerned
teacher.
PO6:Seminars on applications of mass transfer in chemical engineering are to be planned
and conducted.
PO7: Standard books must be referred in library; Latest updates in reputed national and
international journals.
167
Level
Mapped with CO column I
PO no (1,2 or Remarks
no
3)
No %
PO1 CO1,CO3,CO5 61 81% 3
PO2 CO2 14 18% 1 >40% Level 3
PO3 CO4 7 9% 1 Highly addressed
PO4 CO2 14 18% 1
25% to 40% Level 2 Moderately
addressed
5% to 25% Level 1 Low addressed
<5% Not addressed
Learning outcomes
1.0Introduction & Diffusion
1.1 Define, classify and distinguish various mass transfer operations.

1.2 Know about the unit process, unit operation
1.3 Identify the different terms and symbols involved in different operations.
1.4 Understand the meaning of equilibrium between phases.
1.5 Understand the process of diffusion
1.6 Explain the process of molecular diffusion and eddy diffusion and distinguish with examples.
1.7 Define Fick’s First Law of diffusion.
1.8 Identify the unit operations that depend on diffusion.
1.9 Know the various fluxes and their units.
1.10 Understand diffusion in single phase.
1.11 Diffusion in gases and liquids for the cases (i) equimolar counter diffusion and (ii) diffusion of a through non
diffusion (Derivations not required).
1.12 Simple problems on molecular gas phase diffusion.
1.13 Understand Inter phase mass transfer and two resistance theory.
1.14 Define mass transfer coefficients and Write the relation between individual and overall Mass Transfer
coefficient (Derivations not required).
1.15 Know the phase rule.
1.16 Know the concept of ideal stages multistage contact and continuous contact.
2.0Distillation
2.1 Define distillation
2.2 Define Raoult’s law, Henry’s law and ideal solution.
2.3 Define relative volatility and its significance.
2.4 Know about equilibrium and boiling point diagrams.
2.5 Define and explain equilibrium distillation, batch distillation and continuous distillation.
2.6 State Rayleigh’s equation.
2.7 Understand steam distillation.
2.8 Explain the process of continuous distillation with rectification and stripping.
2.9 Discuss Bubble cap and sieve tray columns.
2.10 Analyze the effect of feed conditions and feed plate location.
2.11 Define reflux ratio and explain minimum and optimum reflux ration.
2.12 State Mc.Cabe Thiele assumptions and determine the no. of stages for a binary mixture using Mc. Cabe –
Thiele method.
2.13 Solve problems in distillation and calculation of no. of ideal stages using Mc. Cabe –Thiele
method.
168
2.14 Define and explain stage efficiency and overall plate efficiency and factors influencing them.
2.15 Know about constant boiling mixture, high boiling and low boiling azeotropic mixture.
2.16 Explain the azeotropic distillation and its applications.
3.0Absorption & Adsorption

3.1 Explain absorption and stripping operation.
3.2 Describe absorption towers and tower packings.
3.3 Apply material balances for absorption tower.
3.4 Understand minimum liquid to gas flow rate ratio.
3.5 Know the concept of number of transfer units and HTU.
3.6 Problems based on principles of absorption.
3.7 Understand the gas and liquid velocities in absorption towers and their limitations such as loading, flooding
velocities and channelling.
3.8 Define adsorption with examples and know about equilibrium in adsorption
4.0Leaching and Extraction

4.1 Application of phase rule to extraction and leaching operations
4.2 Equilibrium relation (Binodal curve) for complete immiscible system.
4.3 Distinguish the process of extraction and leaching.
4.4 Know different examples of leaching.
4.5 Describe single stage equipment used for extraction and leaching.
4.6 Explain mixer – settler.
.
5.0Humidification and Membrane separation
5.1 Define various terms involved in humidification operations
5.2 Discuss adiabatic saturation temperature.
5.3 Explain the wet bulb and dry bulb temperatures.
5.4 Determine the humidity of a gas system.
5.5 Understand the reading of the psychometric chart.
5.6 Describe the humidification equipment – cooling towers.
5.7 Describe air conditioning.
5.8 Simple problems without using psychometric chart
5.9 Know about membrane separations
5.10 Understand Reverse osmosis and Electro dialysis
6.0Drying and Crystallization
6.1 Know the equilibrium relationship in drying operation and apply phase rule to drying operation.
6.2 Define various terms involved in drying operation.
6.3 Explain batch-drying process under constant drying condition.
6.4 Explain the rate of drying curves and factors influencing.
6.5 Calculate rate of drying and time of drying for batch drying process.
6.6 Classification of driers.
6.7 Know about tray driers, vacuum driers, rotary dryers, drum driers, spray driers, fluidized bed driers and flash
driers.
6.8 Problems on calculation of time drying.
6.9 Define Crystal geometry, nucleation and crystal growth
6.10 Explain the various methods for attaining the super saturation.
6.11 Describe the classification of crystallizers.
6.12 Describe the crystallization equipment.
6.13 Explain caking of crystals, prevention and critical humidity.
COURSE CONTENTS:
1. Mass transfer operation – unit process – unit operation – classification of Mass Transfer Operations – terms and
symbols involved – distinguish various Mass Transfer Operations – understand equilibrium between phases,
Principles of diffusion – molecular diffusion – Fick’s first law – eddy diffusion – Distinguish between molecular and
eddy diffusions – operations that depend on diffusion – various fluxes – diffusion in single phase – diffusion in
gases and liquids – Equimolal diffusion – diffusion of “A” through non – diffusing “B” – problems.Interphase mass
169
transfer – various mass transfer coefficients – relation between individual and overall Mass Transfer Coefficient –
two resistance theory – ideal stage – multistage and continuous contacts – Phase rule.
2. Application of phase rule to distillation – Raoult’s law – Henry’s law – ideal solution – relative volatility – its
significance – equilibrium and boiling point diagrams – equilibrium distillation – Batch distillation – continuous
distillation – Rayleigh’s equation – steam distillation – continuous distillation with rectification and stripping – feed
conditions reflux ratio – minimum reflux and optimum reflux ratio – McCabe and Thiele assumptions – Mc. Cabe &
Thiele method – stage efficiency – overall efficiency – factors influencing stage efficiency – bubble cap and sieve
tray columns – constant boiling mixtures – high boiling and low boiling azeotropic mixture – azeotropic distillation –
problems on principles and Mc. Cabe Thiele method.--
3. Phase equilibrium in absorption – stripping operation – absorption tower – tower packings – gas and liquid
velocities – limitations – loading and unloading velocities – channeling – material balance – minimum liquid to gas
rate ratio – number of transfer units – HTU – Problems.Adsorption—definition – examples – equilibrium –
Adsorbents.
4. Phase rule applicable to extraction and leaching – Binodal curve – Process of extraction and leaching examples –
single stage equipments mixer settles
5. Humidification – various terms involved – adiabatic saturation temperature – wet bulb temperature – dry bulb
temperature – humidity – psychrometric chart – humidification equipment – cooling towers – air conditioning.
Membrane separations - Reverse osmosis and Electrodialysis
6. Drying – equilibrium diagrams – various terms – batch drying – constant drying conditions – rate of drying curve –
factors influencing the rate – time of drying classification of driers – know different driers –
problems.Crystallization – crystal – Crystal growth – methods of super saturation – classification of crystallizers –
equipment – caking of crystals – prevention – critical humidity – problems.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Mass transfer operations by Robert E. Treybal, McGraw-Hill publication.

2. ‘Unit operations of Chemical Engineering’ by Warren L. McCabe, Julian C.Smith, Peter Harriot. Mc. Graw Hill
Publication, Fifth Edition
3. Introduction to chemical engineering by Walter L. Badger & Julius T. Banchero, McGraw-Hill publication
4. PERRY’s Chemical Engineers hand book, 6th edition.
5. Coulson and Richardson’s Chemical Engineering Volume I, 6th edition.
6. Coulson and Richardson’s Chemical Engineering solutions to the problems in Volume I.

170
CHST-504 SUGAR EQUIPMENT CAPACITY CALCULATIONS
Course No. Of Periods / Total number of Marks for Marks for

Course title
Sugar Equipment Capacity
CHST-504 5 75 20 80
calculations
Weightage Short Essay

No. of Cos
S.NO. Chapter/unit title allocated answer type
periods mapped
questions questions
1. Location and site selection of sugar 2 1
industry, Gravity and Non gravity 14 16 CO1
plants, Weighing scales
2. Mill House equipments 15 16 2 1 CO2
3. Boiling House equipments 15 26 2 2 CO3
4. Evaporators and Pans 16 26 2 2 CO4
5. Crystallizers, centrifugals and Spray 2 2
15 26 CO5
pond
75 110 10 8
1 To familiarize the site selection of sugar industry, Gravity and non gravity plants, raw
juice pumps, imbibitions pumps, juice and molasses weighing scales capacity calculations
2 To get acquaintance of Sugar mill equipments like cane kicker, leveller, shredder
3 To familiarize juice heaters, juice sulphitors, settlers, milk of lime of tanks, SO 2 burner’s
capacity calculations
COURSE 4 To familiarize evaporators, semi kestners, vapour pipe line, brixes of the juice in
OBJECTIVES: Individual bodies, steam consumption for evaporators
5 To get acquaintance of capacity calculations for Crystallizers, Centrifugals and spray
pond.

CO1 CHST-504.1 Explain the merits and demerits of a Gravity and Non Gravity plants.
CO2 CHST-504.2 Find the capacities of sugar industry milling house equipments.
CO3 CHST-504.3 Find the capacities of juice weighing tanks, juice sulphitor, juice heaters,
settlers, sulphur burners and milk of lime tanks & pumps
CO4 CHST-504.4 Calculate the capacity of evaporators, vapour cells and semi-kestener
CO5 CHST-504.5 Estimate the capacities of crystallizers, centrifugals spary pond and
cooling tower.
171
CO-PO/PSO MATRIX
CHST-504.1 3 3 2 3
CHST-504.2 2 2 3 3 2 1
CHST-504.3 2 4 1 3
CHST-504.4 3 3 2 2 1 2
CHST-504.5 2 2 2
Average 2.4 3 2 3 2.5 1 1.5

LEARNING OUT COMES:

Note :1. Only MKS/SI units are invariably followed.
2. Only 2500 T.C.D sugar plant capacity calculations should be followed.
On completion of the course the student will be able to
1. Location and site selection of sugar industry, Gravity and Non gravity plants,
Weighing scales
1.1 Explain the points to be considered to start an industry
1.2 State primary and secondary parameters considered to start up Sugar industry
1.3 Describe a gravity plant
1.4 Describe a Non-gravity plant
1.5 Distinguish between a gravity and non-gravity plants
1.6 Explain Water and irrigation facility
1.7 Estimate the imbibition pump required
1.8 Estimte the Mixed juice pump capacity
1.9 Calculate mixed juice weighing scale required
1.10 Calculate juice weighing scale capacity
1.11 Solve the molasses weighing scale required
2. Mill House equipments

2.1 Calculate Total cane area required..
2.2 Calculate Cane yard. Area required.
2.3 Calculate Weigh Bridge.
2.4 Calculate Cane handling – sling type crane, capacity, power, speed and no. of sling
type cranes required.
2.5 Calculate Area, power and no. of feeder tables required.
2.6 Calculate Total length of the cane carrier required to suit the installation of (a) Fibrizer
(b) Swing hammer shredder.
2.7 Calculate Slope and speed of the cane carrier.
2.8 Calculate Capacity and power required for the cane carrier.
172
2.9 Calculate Power and no. of knives required for cane kicker, cane leveler and cane
cutter.
2.10 Calculate Capacity and power required for fibrizer and shredder (swing hammer
type).
2.11 Calculate mill capacity using Hugot, Arnold, Cubon and NSI formulas.
2.12 Calculate Capacity of raw juice receiving tank.
3.0 Boiling house equipments

3.1 Calculate Quantity of heat required for heating the juice in juice heaters.
3.2 Calculate Quantity of heat available for heating the juice in juice heaters.
3.3 Calculate 1. Pressure drop (loss of head), 2. Heat transfer co-efficient, 3. Mean
temperature, in juice heaters.
3.4 Calculate 1. Velocity of juice, 2. Heating surface of juice heaters, sulphured juice
heaters
3.5 Calculate Quantity of vapours required for raw juice heaters.
3.6 Calculate Quantity of vapours required for sulphured juice heaters.
3.7 Calculate Quantity of 1. lime stone needed. 2. capacity of lime slacker.
3.8 Calculate Capacity of 1.MOL storage tank. 2. lime pumps capacity.
3.9 Calculate Tray area required for batch and continuous type sulphur burner for juice
and syrup sulphitation..
3.10 Calculate Capacity of air compressor for juice and syrup sulphitation.
3.11 Calculate the diameter, retention time, working height of a 1. continuous sulphitation
tank. 2.continuous Syrup sulphitor.
3.12 Calculate total filtering area, number of filter presses required.
3.13 Calculate total filtering area and number Oliver filters required at filtration unit.
3.14 Calculate dia and juice retention time in Rapidor-444 and graver classifiers.
4.0 Evaporators and Pans

4.1 Calculate Quantity of water to be evaporated in Quadruple effect evaporator.
4.2 Calculate heating surface required for Quadruple effect evaporator.
4.3 Calculate specific evaporation co-efficient.
4.4 Calculate vapour pipe diameter of an evaporator.
4.5 Calculate the brixes of the juice in the bodies
4.6 Calculate the condensate pump capacity
4.7 Solve the evaporation in the individual bodies
4.8 Summarize saving in steam in evaporators as per Rillieux principle
4.9 Solve the pans capacity.
4.10 Calculate vapour diameter of a Calandria pan.
5.0 Crystallizers, centrifugals and Spray pond

5.1 Calculate the number of centrifugal machines required for a batch and continuous
model.
5.2 Calculate the capacity of crystallizers for A,B,C grades of massecuites .
5.3 Calculate Number of sugar elevators required.
5.4 Calculate the Sugar bin capacity
5.5 Calculate sugar melter capacity.
5.6 Calculate the size of final molasses storage tank required.
5.7 Calculate cooling water requirement at spray pond/cooling tower
5.8 Calculate no of spray nozzles, area of spray pond/ cooling towers.
5.9 Calculate Injection water required for multijet/barometric condenser at evaporator.
5.10 Calculate Injection water required for multijet/barometric condenser at pans.
173
COURSE CONTENTS:
1.0 Location and site selection of sugar industry, Gravity and Non gravity plants, Weighing scales
Points to be considered to start a sugar industry, primary and secondary parameters, Gravity plant,
Non-gravity plant, Water and irrigation facility, Imbibition pump capacity, Mixed juice pump capacity, mixed
juice weighing scale capacity, Calculate juice weighing scale capacity, molasses weighing scale capacity,
2.0 Mill House equipments
Total cane area required, Cane yard Area required, Weigh Bridge capacity,Crane/Grab capacity, Crane
power, speed capacity, Feeder table Area, power and number of tables required, Total length of the cane
carrier required, Slope and speed of the cane carrier, power required for the cane carrier, Power and no. of
knives required for cane kicker, cane leveler and cane cutter, mill capacity using Hugot, Arnold, Cubon and
NSI formulas, raw juice receiving tank capacity.
3.0 Boiling house equipments

Quantity of heat required for heating juice in juice heaters, Quantity of heat available for heating the juice in
juice heaters, Pressure drop (loss of head), Heat transfer co-efficient, Mean temperature, in juice heaters,
Heating surface of sulphured juice heaters, Quantity of vapours required for raw juice heaters, Quantity of
vapours required for sulphured juice heaters, Quantity of lime stoneneeded, Lime slacker capacity, MOL
storage tank capacity, Lime pump capacity, Tray area Calculation for SO 2 burner, Air compressor capacity
calculation for juice and syrup sulphitation, thediameter, retention time, working height of a continuous
sulphitor/syrup sulphitor, Filtering area and number of filter presses/Oliver filters required, Diameter and
juice retention time for Rapidor-444 and graver classifiers.
4. Evaporators and Pans

Evaporation in Quadruple effect evaporator, Heating surface required for Quadruple effect
evaporator, Specific evaporation co-efficient, Vapour pipe diameter of an evaporator, Brixes of the juice in
the individual bodies, Condensate pump capacity, Evaporation in the individual bodies, Saving in steam in
evaporators as per Rillieux principles, Pans capacity, vapour diameter of a Calandria pans.
5. Crystallizers, centrifugals and Spray pond

Number of centrifugal machines required for a batch and continuous model, Crystallizers capacity
for A,B,C grades of massecuites, Number of sugar elevators required, Sugar bin capacity, Sugar melter
capacity, Size of final molasses storage tank, Cooling water requirement at spray pond/cooling tower, No of
spray nozzles, area of spray pond/ cooling towers. Injection water required for multijet/barometric
condenser at evaporator/Pans.
REFERENCE BOOKS
S.No Title of the book Name of the author
1 Hand book of Cane sugar technology R.B.L Mathur
2 Cane sugar manufacture in india D.P.Kulakarni
3 Hand book of sugar cane Engineering Emile.Hugot
4 Technology in sugar cane growing M.Lakshmikantam
5 Principles of Sugar technology Pieter Honig
Clarification- Volume-1 (Clarification)
Clarification- Volume-2 (Crystallization)
Clarification- Volume-3 (Evaporation &Centrifugation)
8 Introduction to Sugar cane technology Elsevier
9 Training manual for Sugar mills Mangal Singh
174
10 Introduction to Cane Sugar Technology G.H.Jenkings
11 Cane Sugar Hand book Spencer Meade
12 Hand book for cane Sugar manufacturers
13 Sugar cane cultivation Lucky james
14 The Sugar hand book David w Blymyer
15 Cane Sugar Noel Deerr
16 Sugar House notes and tables Noel Deerr
17 Sugar cane processing and By products of molasses H.Panda
18 Chemical control in sugar factories Nabu press
19 Production of lump Sugar-Gur Ajith k ghosh, Ashok K Srivatsava ,
V.P.Agnihotri
20 Cane Sugar ( A text book on the Agriculture of the Sugar Noel Deerr, Norman Rodger
Cane)
21 Factors Determining the Keeping Quality of Cane Sugar Kopeloff Nicholas
22 Methods Of Chemical Control In Cane Sugar Factories H. C. Prinsen Geerligs
23 The Deterioration of Cane Sugar in Storage William Ludwell Owen
25 Chinese Sugar Nabu Press
26 Processing and Storage of Sugarcane Juice Thakar Harsh

Unit Test-II From 4.1-5.10
175
CHST-505 BYPRODUCTS AND POLLUTION CONTROL
Course No. Of Periods / Total number of Marks for Marks for

Course title
BYPRODUCTS AND
CHST-505 5 75 20 80
POLLUTION CONTROL
No. of Weightage Short answer Essay type Cos

S.NO. Chapter/unit title
periods allocated questions questions mapped
BY PRODUCTS OF
SUGAR INDUSTRY
1 Bagasse 19 23 1 2 CO1
2 Filter cake 13 19 3 1 CO2
3 Molasses 15 26 2 2 CO3
POLLUTION CONTROL
Environment & Air 16 2 1
4 13 CO4
pollution
Water pollution & 26 2 2
5 15 CO5
waste water treatment
75 110 10 8
1. To familiarize with the sugar industry By products- Bagasse, Filter cake, Molasses-
definitions - production –characteristics
2. To familiar -Bagasse, Filter cake, Molasses--uses-industrial importance-role of pollution in
COURSE industry-financial aspects.
OBJECTIVES: 3. To understand and reinforce the concepts of environment, pollution, types of pollution,
effects on environment, control methods, waste water treatment. Solving issues /
problems of pollution in sugar /chemical industries for better production results.

CO1 CHST-505.1 Analyse the roll on pollution in industry
CO2 CHST-505.2 Explain the characteristics of filter cake
CO3 CHST-505.3 Analyse the various pollution in industry
CO4 CHST-505.4 Explain environment , pollution & types .
CO5 CHST-505.5 Evaluate the methods of waste water treatment in sugar /chemical
industries
CO-PO/PSO MATRIX
CHST-505.1 3 3 2 1
CHST-505.2 3 2 3 3 2 2
CHST-505.3 2 2 1 2 3
CHST-505.4 3 3 2 2 2 2
CHST-505.5 2
Average 2.6 2.5 2 2 3 2 2 2
176
LEARNING OUTCOMES
Upon completion of the course the student will be able to
I. BY PRODUCTS OF SUGAR INDUSTRY:
1.0 Understand the features of Bagasse.
1.1 Define of Bagasse.
1.2 State physical properties of Bagasse
1.3 Explain chemical characteristics of Bagasse
1.4 Explain handling ,storage & transportation of Bagasse
1.5 Explain the uses of Bagasse
1.6 Explain use of bagasse as fuel.
1.7 Explain use of bagasse in cattle feed.
1.8 Explain the process of production of Bio-gas, Bio manure, fibre board and furfural from bagasse.
1.9 Explain use of bagasse in manufacture of fibre board
1.10 Explain use of bagasse in paper industry
1.11 Explain use of bagasse in manufacture of ferfural
1.12 Analyse the fincial aspects of Bagasse role in sugar industry
2.0 Understand the features of Filter cake
2.1 Define Filter cake / press mud &State physical properties of Filter cake
2.2 Explain the characteristics of carbonation cake and sulphitation cake.
2.3 Explain chemical characteristics of Filter cake
2.4 Explain handling ,storage & transportation of Filter cake
2.5 Explain the uses of Filter cake
2.6 Explain use of Filter cake as building material
2.7 Explain use of Filter cake / press mud as manure..
2.8 Explain the process of manufacture of cane wax from press mud.
2.9 Analyse the fincial aspects of filter cake role in sugar industry
3.0 Understand the features of Molasses
3.1 Define of Molasses
3.2 State physical properties of Molasses
3.3 Explain chemical characteristics of Molasses
3.4 Explain handling ,storage & transportation of Molasses
3.5 Explain Alcoholic & non-alcoholic fermentation of molasses
3.6 Explain the uses of Molasses
3.7 Explain use of Molasses in breviaries
3.8 Explain use of Molasses in cattle feed and baking
3.9 Explain the process of manufacture of rectified spirit, denatured spirit, and Absolute
alcohol from molasses.
3.10 Analyse the financial aspects of Molasses role in sugar industry
II. POLLUTION CONTROL:
4.0 Understand the term environment.
4.1 Define environment.
4.2 Know the different segments of environment i.e, Litho sphere, Hydro sphere, and Atmosphere and Bio
sphere.
4.3 Define pollution and its types.
4.4 Explain the effects of pollution.
177
Understand the air pollution and it’s important.
4.5 Define air pollution.
4.6 Explain atmosphere and its composition.
4.7 Classify various types of air pollutants.
4.8 Explain various effects of air pollution on environment and human being.
4.9 Explain various control methods of air pollution.
5.0 Understand water pollution
5.1 Define water pollution.
5.2 Explain various sources of waste water in environment & effects of water pollution on environment,
human being
5.3Explain various control methods of water pollution.
Understand waste water treatment in sugar industry.
5.4 Explain various sources of waste water in sugar industry.
5.5 Explain the characteristics of waste water from sugar industry.
5.6 Explain the effects of waste water on receiving stream.
5.7 Explain the treatment of waste water in sugar /chemical industries by various methods.
Preliminary Primary Secondary Territory.
COURSE CONTENT :
I. BY PRODUCTS OF THE SUGAR INDUSTRY :
1. Bagasse:
Characteristics of Bagasse USES -production of Bio-gas, Bio manure, fabric board and furfural. Uses of
bagasse as fuel and cattle feed.
2. Molasses:
Characteristics of molasses, USES -alcoholic fermentation – Manufacture of rectified spirit, denatured spirit
and absolute alcohol, non alcoholic fermentation.
3. Filter cake:
Characteristics of carbonation and sulphitation press mud, USES - extraction of cane was, use of press mud
as manure.
II. POLLUTION CONTROL:
4. Environment:
Definition – Types of pollutions – Effects of pollutions.
Air pollution:
Definition – Atmosphere and its composition – Classification of air pollutants – Effects of air pollution and
control methods used.
5. Water pollution
Definition –effects-Control methods
Waste water treatment
Sources of waste water in sugar industry – Characters of waste water – Effects of waste water on receiving
streams – Treatment of waste water in sugar industry.
REFERENCE BOOKS :
1. By products of Cane Sugar Industry by G. Paturace.
2. Co-Generation in Cane Sugar Industry by Pyne.
3. Environmental Engineering by S.S. Dava (S.Chand and Co).
4. Industrial Effluents Origin Characteristics, Effects, Analysis and Treatment by N. Manivasakam.
5. Environmental Control. By C.S. Rao.

178
CHST-506 SUGAR EQUIPMENT DRAWING AND PLANT LAYOUT
Course Course title No. of Total no.of Marks for Marks for
SUGAR EQUIPMENT DRAWING
CHST-506 AND PLANT LAYOUT 03 45 40 60
S.No. Chapter/unit title No. of Weightage Short Essay CO’s

periods allocated answer type Mapped
questions questions
01. Conventions and symbols for 12 8 2 -- CO1
representing various sugar / chemical
engineering equipments
02. Conventions and symbols used in flow 12 8 2 -- CO2
sheet of a process
03. Line sketch of sugar / chemical layout 9 4 1 -- CO3
04. Detailed drawing of various 12 60 -- 3 CO4,CO5
equipment units in sugar industry
Course objectives
(i) To draw various heat transfer, mass transfer and mechanical unit
Course operations equipment symbols &line sketches
objectives (ii) To draw process block diagram/flow diagram using process
description
(iii) To draw process equipments /instrumentation diagrams, process
layouts and plant layouts of Sugar industry
Course Outcomes
CO1 Demonstrate the skill of drawing and labelling heat transfer,
mass transfer and mechanical unit operations equipments
CO2 Practice the flow sheeting of process flow diagrams using
Course process description for the production of various sugar /
Outcomes chemical compounds
CO3 Sketch the various equipment diagrams of sugar industry
CO4 Follow the principles of process equipment layout in sugar
process industries
CO5 List the factors in identification of plant location for the
proposed sugar process plant layout
CO-PO/PSO MATRIX
CHST-506.1 3 3 3 3 2 2 3
CHST-506.2 2 3 3 3 3 2 2
CHST-506.3 2 3 2 2 3 2 3
CHST-506.4 3 2 2 3 2 3 3
CHST-506.5 2 2 2 2 3 3 2
179
LEARNING OUTCOMES
On completion of the course the student should be able to draw
1.0 Know the conventions and symbols.
1.1 Draw/ sketch the heat transfer symbols, heat exchange water cooler, steam heater, re-boiler,
condensers water and air, cooling coils jet condensers.
1.2 Draw / sketch the pumps – piston or plunger and centrifugal compressors piston and turbo type.
1.3 Draw / sketch of Tanks – vertical, horizontal, pressure, boiler etc.
2.0 Know the conventions and symbols used in flow sheet of a process.
2.1 Draw/ sketch symbols for pipe lines.
2.2 Draw / sketch symbols for flow metes.
2.3 Draw/ sketch symbols for various types of valves.
2.4 Draw/ sketch instrumentation symbols.
3.0 Draw the plant layout considering the following factors.
3.1 Factors in planning layout.
3.2 Methods of layout planning.
3.3 Principles of plant layout.
3.4 Plant expansions.
3.5 Factors in plant location.
3.6 Types of plant layout H – L – T.
4.0 Draw the sketches of various units in sugar industry.
4.1 Draw / sketch the imbibitions in mills (simple and compound).
4.2 Draw / sketch the automatic juice weighing scale. ( M B SCALE)
4.3 Draw / sketch the juice sulphitation unit of N.S.I design.
4.4 Draw / sketch the juice heater tube plate arrangement.
4.5 Draw / sketch the vertical calandria type Evaporator
4.6 Draw the detail drawing of condensate extraction system of quadruple effect evaporator.
4.7 Draw / sketch the syrup sulphitation unit of N.S.I design
4.8 Draw the detail drawing of vacuum pan.
4.9 Draw the detail drawing of a multi jet condenser.
4.10 Draw the detail drawing of a Barometric condenser
COURSE CONTENTS :
1. Conventions and symbols for representing various sugar / chemical engineering equipments : Heat
transfer equipment – Cooling equipments – Condensers etc.
2. Conventions and symbols used in flow sheet of a process : Symbols for pipe lines – Flow meters –
Valves etc.
3. Line sketch of sugar / chemical industrial location and layout : Factors in plant location – Plant
layouts –H – L – T etc.
4. Sugar equipment drawings : imbibition in mills (simple and compound) – Automatic juice weighing
scale – Juice heaters –Evaporator –juice/Syrup sulphitation unit- Pans, Multi jet /barometric condenser.
REFERENCE BOOKS :
1. Chemical Engineering Plant Design by F.C. Vibrant and C.E. Dryden.
2. Introduction to Chemical Engineering by Badger and Benchero
3. Chemical Engineering Drawing by K.A. Gawhana.
4. Hand book of Cane Sugar Engineering by Hugot.
5. Hand book of Cane Sugar Technology by R.B.L. Mathur.
6. Sugar Machines of Sugar Cane Factories by L.A. Tromp.
180
CHST-507 MASS TRANSFER OPERATIONS LABORATORY
Course Course title No.Of Periods / Total number of Marks for Marks for
CHST-507 MASS TRANSFER OPERATIONS 03 45 40 60
LABORATORY
TIME SCHEDULE
1. Standard plots of a given binary system 06
2. Verification of Rayleigh’s equation 06
3. Steam distillation 03
4. Vapor liquid equilibrium 03
5. Mc.Cabe Thiele method 06
6. Characteristics of drying 06
7. Liquid –liquid equlibrium 06
8. MTO equipments demonstration 06
9. Test and Review 03
TOTAL 45

(ii) To use various basic implements used in general Engineering processes
Course Objectives
(iii) To know the etiquette of working with the fellow workforce
purpose
C05 Practice ethics & etiquette while working in a group and display professionalism while
communicating as a member and leader in a group
PO-CO Mapping(C-23) :: CHST-507:: MASS TRANSFER OPERATIONS LABORATORY
CO1 2 3 1
CO2 2 3 1
CO3 2 3 1
CO4 2 3 1
CO5 2 3 1
Avg 2 3 1
181
LEARNING OBJECTS:
On completion of the study of the subject the student should be able to,
1. Standard plots of a given binary system
1.1 To draw a graph of specific gravity Vs mole fraction of a given binary system.
1.2 To draw a graph of refractive index Vs mole fraction of a given binary system
2. Verification of Rayleigh’s
2.1 Verification of Rayleigh’s equation by conducting a simple distillation experiment.
3. Steam distillation
3.1 Verification of Steam distillation law by conducting steam distillation experiment
4. Vapour liquid equilibrium
4.1 Estimation of vapour liquid equilibrium data of a given binary system.
5. McCabe Thiele method
5.1 To determine the no. of trays required using Mc.Cabe Thiele method
6. Characteristics of drying
6.1 Calculation of time of drying of a given material and to draw the rate of drying curve.
7. Liquid –liquid equilibrium
7.1 To draw the Binodal curve for the given ternary liquid system.
8. Demonstrate the MTO equipments
8.1 Different types of packing columns

8.2 Different types of Plates in a distillation column
8.3 Different types of agitators
8.4 Variable transformer valve
182
CHST-508 Life Skills
Course Title : Life Skills Course code : C-23- CHST-508

{ Common to all Branches}
Semester :V Semester Total periods : 45
Periods per week:03
Type of Course : Practical Max Marks : 100
{ Sessional 40 + External 60 }
Course understand the relevance of life skills in both personal and professional lives
Objectives: practise life skills complementarily in life-management to lead a happy and successful
life
Course Outcomes:
CO1 exhibit right attitude and be adaptable in adverse and diverse situations
CO2 set appropriate goals and achieve them through proper planning, time management and self-motivation
CO3 solve diverse real-life and professional problems with critical thinking and creativity for a stress-free
life
CO4 be an ideal team player and manifest as a leader
Course Delivery:
Text book: “Life Skills”–by State Board of Technical Education and Training, AP
Sl no Unit Teaching
Hours
1 Attitude 4
2 Adaptability 4
3 Goal Setting 4
4 Motivation 4
5 Time Management 4
6 Critical thinking 4
7 Creativity 4
8 Problem Solving 5
9 Team work 4
10 Leadership 4
11 Stress Management 4
Total 45
Mapping Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes
PO 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
CO POs 1 to 5 are applications of Engineering Principles, can’t directly be mapped to 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4
Life Skills
183
Cos- Pos Mapping :
CO Course Outcome CO Unit PO Cognitive levels as per Bloom’s

Mapped mapped Taxonomy
R/U/Ap/An/Ev/Cr
( Remembering / Understanding/
Applying/Analysing/ Evaluating/
Creating )
CO To exhibit right attitude and be All Lessons 6,7 U/Ap/ An
1 adaptable to adverse and diverse ( 1 to 11)
situations
CO2 To set appropriate goals and achieve 3,4,5 6,7 U/Ap/An
them through proper planning, time
management and self-motivation
CO3 To solve diverse real-life and 6,7,8,11 6,7 U/Ap/An/ Ev/ Cr.
professional problems with critical
thinking and creativity for a stress-free
life
CO4 To be an ideal team player and 9,10 6,7 U/Ap/An/ Ev
manifest as a leader
Course Content:
UNIT I: Attitude matters!

Preparatory activity-Role play; Generating word bank; Types of attitude.Read the passage and answer the
related questions, read the story and discuss issues raised; Express opinions on the given topic and fill the
grid with relevant words.
UNIT 2: Adaptability…makes life easy!

Pair work-Study the given pictures and understand adaptability -read the anecdote and discuss, read the
story and answer the questions, role play
UNIT 3: Goal setting…life without a goal is a rudderless boat!

Short term goals and long term goals-SMART features, observe the pictures and answer questions-
matching-read the passage and answer questions-filling the grid.
UNIT 4: Motivation…triggers success!

Types of motivation-difference between motivation and inspiration- matching different personalities with
traits - dialogue followed by questions - writing a paragraph based on the passage.
UNIT 5: Time Management… the need of the hour!

Effective Time Management- Time quadrant-Group task on management of time- Time wasters-fill in the
grid, read the story and answer the questions- prioritising tasks.
184
UNIT 6: Critical thinking…Logic is the key!
Preparatory activity-read the passage and answer the questions- differentiate between facts and
assumptions-components of critical thinking- complete the sets of analogies- choose the odd one out-true or
false statements- decide which of the conclusions are logical.
UNIT 7: Creativity….The essential YOU!!

Definition- Pre-activity-read the anecdote and answer the questions- matching celebrities with their fields of
specialization- think of creative uses of objects- think creatively in the given situations.
UNIT 8: Problem Solving…there is always a way out!
Preparatory activity-read the story and answer the questions- discuss the given problem and come out with
three alternative solutions- group activity to select the best solution among available alternatives- discuss
the problem and plan to analyse it.
UNIT 9: Team Work… Together we are better!
Advantages of team work- Characteristics of a team player- Activity-Observe the pictures and classify them
into two groups-team game - read the story and answer the questions- fill in the grid.
UNIT 10 : Leadership… the making of a leader!
Characteristics of effective leadership- styles of leadership- Activity-read the dialogue and answer the
questions- identify the people in the picture and describe them- discuss leadership qualities of the given
leaders- filling the grid- read the quotes and write the name of the leader.
UNIT 11: Stress Management … live life to the full !!
Types of stress- Strategies for Stress Management- Activity-read the passage and answer the questions, read
the situation and write a paragraph about how to manage stress.
185
CHST-509 SUGAR TECHNOLOGY LABORATORY
CHST-509 SUGAR TECHNOLOGY
LABORATORY 3 45 40 60
TIME SCHEDULE

1. CaO content in lime 6
2. CaO content in juices/molasses 6
3. P2O5 content in juices 6
4. Reducing sugars 6
5. Sieve analysis 3
6 Crystal content 6
7 Sucro scan 6
8 Test & review 6
Total 45
Course title : CHST-509 SUGAR TECHNOLOGY LABORATORY

purpose
C05 Practice ethics & etiquette while working in a group and display professionalism
while communicating as a member and leader in a group
Cos- Pos Mapping :

CO’s/PO’S PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO1 3 2 2 2 - - - 3 1 2
CO2 3 3 3 3 - - - 2 3 3
CO3 3 2 2 3 - - - 3 2 3
CO4 2 3 2 2 - - - 3 2 2
CO5 3 2 3 3 - - - 2 3 3
186
LEARNING OUT COMES
On completion of the course the student should be able to

1.0 Analysis of active CaO in lime.
Determine active CaO in lime sample by ‘Sucrose method’.
2.0 Analysis of ‘CaO’ content in juices and molasses.

2.1 Estimate ‘CaO’ content in juices and molasses by EDTA method.
3.0 Analysis P2O5 content in a given sample of juices.

Estimate P2O5 content in juices by uranium acetate method.
4.0 Determine of reducing sugars in molasses.
Estimate reducing sugars in molasses by Lane and Eynon methods.
5.0 Sieve analysis of sugar.
5.1 Identify the different grades of sugar by sieve analysis.
6.0 Analysis of crystal content in massecuite.

6.1 Determination of crystal content in massecuite by inferential method.
7.0 Estimation of various parameters sugar samples by sucrose scanner /spectrophotometer

7.1Determination of absorbency for a given sample.
7.2 Determination of transmittance for a given sample.
7.3 Determination of ICUMSA for a given sample of sugar
COURSE CONTENTS:
1. Analysis of ‘CaO’ in lime.
2. ‘CaO’ content in juices.
3. Analysis of ‘P2O5’ in juices.
4. Reducing sugar analysis.
5. Sieve analysis.
6. Crystal content estimation.
7. Application of sucrose scanner.
REFERENCE BOOKS :
1. S.T.C. by N.C. Verma N.S.I. Kanpur.
2. Hand book of Sugar Cane Technology by R.B.L. Mathur.
187
CH-ST-510 PROJECT WORK
Course code Course title No. of periods/week Total no. of periods Marks for FA Marks for SA
CHST-510 PROJECT WORK 3 45 40 60
Course title : Project Work Subject Code: CH–ST-510

(i) To familiarize with the knowledge of various equipments and
materials/ tools used in sugar/chemical industry
Course (ii) To use various basic implements used in Engineering processes
purpose
C05 Practice ethics & etiquette while working in a group and display professionalism while
communicating as a member and leader in a group
Evaluation Scheme for Project Work

S. No. Tasks Max. Marks Allotted for each
task INTERNAL /EXTERNAL (
40+60=100)
1. Formulation of the problem 2/4
2. Preparation of action plan 4/6
3. Literature survey 5/8
4. Collection of relevant data, field surveys 4/7
5. Planning, design, drawing, estimation, 10 /15
experimentation as the case may be
6. Preparation of models, if any 5/8
7. Report preparation and presentation 10 /12
Total: 40/60 (100)
CO-PO/ PSO MATRIX:
CO NO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO1 3 1 1 2 1 - - 2 1 1
CO2 2 1 2 3 1 1 1 1 1 1
CO3 1 1 1 3 2 1 1 1 3 1
CO4 1 3 1 2 1 1 1 1 2 1
CO5 1 2 1 1 1 3 2 1 1 1
AVERAGE 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 2 1
188
LEARNING OUT COMES
A list of topics suggested for project work.
1. Prepare project report to start a SUGAR INDUSTRY for 2500 TCD Plant.
2. Prepare project report for commissioning a industry using By Products of sugar industry.
3. Case Study of the Sugar / Chemical Plant with concluding remarks whether the Industry is making
profits (or) not with reasons thereof and suggestion to over come the draw backs.
4. Feasibility report for increasing the existing capacity of the Sugar/Chemical plant.
5. Design and fabricate spiral proto type sugar/ chemical engineering equipments useful for doing
experiments in the laboratory.
6 Prepare on process report on industrially important chemicals.
7. To conduct a survey of a SUGAR/CHEMICAL industry and produce to report on
a) Various safety methods being followed.
b) Various pollution control methods being carried out.
c) Production, planning and control systems.
d) Process instrumentation of the plant.
e) Maintenance schedule of sugar/ chemical engineering equipments.
f) Raw materials / process materials, transportation and storage.
8. Basic design on cost estimation of the following equipment based on the problems suggested by the
industry on topics.
8.1 Mill setting
8.2 Boilers
8.3 Clarification units
8.4 Evaporation units
8.5 Heat exchangers and condensers
8.6 Pan boiling units
8.7 Crystallization units
8.8 Dryers
8.9 Effluent treatment
8.10 Distillation units
8.11 Absorption system
8.12 Pumping installation
8.13 Production of bio diesel
8.14 Tray less classifier
8.15 Molasses storage tanks
8.16 Godowns
8.17 Graders etc.
9. Any other projects or Suggested (or) required by Sugar/ Chemical (or) Allied Industries.
189
VI SEMESTER
190
CURRICULUM-2023
VI SEMESTER
CH-ST 601- INDUSTRIAL TRAINING
DURATION : 6 MONTHS
NOTE:
FOR DIPLOMA IN CHEMICAL ENGG. (SUGAR TECHNOLOGY) STUDENTS, THE TRAINING HAVE BEEN MOSTLY
ARRANGED IN SUGAR INDUSTRIES THAT WORKS IN A PARTICULAR SEASON. HENCE THE PERIOD OF
TRAINING WILL BE CHOSEN CONVENIENT TO THE SEASON ONLY. THE DURATION OF TRAINING IS SIX
MONTHS ONLY (ONE SPELL)
191
DIPLOMA IN CHEMICAL ENGG. (SUGAR TECHNOLOGY) (C-23)
CH-ST 601 VI SEMESTER
(PRACTICAL TRAINING)
DURATION: 6 MONTHS
LEARNING OUTCOMES
On completion of a spell of practical training in a Sugar/ Chemical or allied industry, the student will be able
to
1.0 Explain the organizational set up from top executive to workmen level
1.1 Explain the function of each department/section
1.2 Explain the inter relationship among various department/sections
2.0 Identify the various raw materials used as feed stock and state chemical composition and
theirsource.
2.1 List the various intermediates produced and their further processing and/or waste disposal.
2.2 State the final products, its composition and its commercial importance’s, uses and applications.
3.0 Describe the various stages involved in processing, sequential arrangement of different equipment.
3.1 Draw the block flow diagram, detail flow diagram of each process after line tracing.
3.2 Pictorially explain the arrangement of various process equipment in systematic manner in a less
possible area of site.
4.0 Describe importance process variables required to be maintained in each process equipment of
each unit like temperature, pressure, flow ph etc.
4.1 Explain the effects of changes of process parameters.
5.0 Describe the various unit operations in each process parameters.

5.1 State the unit operations principles
5.2 Apply unit operations theory learned at the Institution
5.3 Explain the various unit processes (Chemical reactions in each process plant)
5.4 Identify the side reactions in each process plant
6.0 Explain the various analytical methods used in the quality control department
6.1 Describe the experimental methods to find out the compositions and physical properties of various
raw materials, intermediates and final products
6.2 ExplainOperate various analytical instruments that are used in laboratory.
7.0 Describe the trouble shooting in process operation

7.1 Explain preventive precautions of the same for each equipment in each process
7.2 ExplainStartup and shut down procedures for the equipment and plant.
8.0 Explain various measuring instrument, recording instruments and control instruments.
8.1 Describe the D.C.S in each process
8.2 Identify various sensing elements, transmission elements, and indication devices.
9.0 Explain the importance of safety in chemical industries

9.1 State the safety about personnel protection, equipment protection
9.2 Explain the usage of various safety devices
9.3 Explain Precautionary measures to be taken.
192
10.0 Explain the various effluents from each process plant.
10.1 Explain effects of hazardous effluents
10.2 Explain treatment method and disposal.
And effective operation to minimize the effluents.
11.0 Explain the various Technical skills adopted by workmen in process plant
11.1 State the various Technical skills adopted by workmen in processPlant
11.2 Explain various processing units and process adopted in the plant to the Examiner during assessment
COURSE CONTENTS
Organizational set up
Raw materials, intermediates and end products
Process descriptions (Process flow diagrams and line tracing, detailed flow diagrams etc.)
Process parameters (such as temp., pressure, flow level etc.)
Unit operations and unit process in each process
Quality control of raw materials, intermediates and end products
Operational troubles and preventive measures
Process instrumentation
Safety aspects (personnel, equipment etc.)
Effluent treatment
Technical skills adopted by workmen in process plant
193
INDUSTRIAL TRAINING
Subject Title : Industrial Training

Subject Code : CHST-601
Duration : 6 months
Time schedule
S.NO Code TOPICS Duration
• Practical training in Industry
• Training Report Preparation
Report Preparation: Title Page, Certificate, Acknowledgements, Abstract, Six
CHST- Contents(introduction of Industry, Plant Layout, Organization Chart, List of Months
1
601 Major Equipments, List of Processes; Conclusions.
Course Objectives and Course Outcomes

1.Expose to real time working environment
2. Enhance knowledge and skill already learnt in the institution.
Course Objectives 3. Acquire the required skills of manufacturing processes, assembling, servicing,
supervising in the engineering fields.
4. Install the good qualities of integrity, responsibility and self-confidence.
COURSE OUT CO1 Apply theory to practical work situations
COMES CO2 Cultivate sense of responsibility and good work habits
CO3 Exhibit the strength, teamwork spirit and self-confidence
CO4 Write report in technical projects
PO-CO Mapping
CO1 2 2 1 3 2
CO2 3 3 2
CO3 3 3 2
CO4 3 3 2
Learning Outcomes
The student shall be able to display the following skill sets
1) Technical Skills (Manufacturing/Service/Drafting/Maintenance etc)
2) Reading drawings and analysing Specifications
3) Recognize and Practice safety Measures
4) Handling Tools/Instruments/Materials/Machines
5) Assess and Control of quality parameters
6) Planning, Organizing and recording Skills
194
Scheme of evaluation
SI.No. Subject Duration Scheme of evaluation
Max.
Item Nature
Marks
1.First Assessment at Assessment of Learning outcomes by
Industry (After 12 both the faculty and training Mentor 120
Weeks) of the industry
2.Second Assessment at Assessment of Learning outcomes by
the Industry (After 22 both the faculty and training Mentor 120
weeks) of the industry
Industrial 6 Final Summative Training Report 20
1
Training months assessment at
institution level Demonstration of any one of the 30
skills listed in learning outcomes
Viva Voce 10
TOTAL MARKS 300
Weightage of marks for Assessment of Skill sets during first and second assessment.
Skill Set Max Marks
Sl.No SKILL SET Allotted
For each
parameter
1 Identification of various Equipments/Instruments 20
2 Supervising the Process of various manufacturing units in Chemical 25
Engineering
3 Handling, Operating procedures of Equipments, Instruments 18
4 Troubleshooting Skills 20
5 Safety aspects and crisis management 17
6 Soft skills and Reporting skill 20
Total 120
During assessment the performance of the students shall be assessed in those skills in which the student has
been trained and be awarded the marks as per the weightage assigned as above. In case the student has
undergone training in a few skill sets then the total marks obtained shall be raised to 120 marks for the given
assessment i.e. either assessment 1 or 2. However the performance of the student shall be assessed at the
most skill sets listed above but not less than three skill sets.
Illustration
If the student has undergone training in only 4 skill sets (namely serial number 1, 3, 4, 5 of above skill sets)
and marks awarded during assessment is 60 out of 75 marks, then the marks of 60 shall be enhanced to 120
proportionately as (60/75)*120=96.
195
GUIDELINES FOR INDUSTRIAL TRAINING
1. Duration of the training: 6 months.

2. Eligibility: The As per SBTET norms
3. Training Area: Students may be trained in the fields Manufacturing units/super vision
/Maintenance etc.
4. The candidate shall put a minimum of 90% attendance during Industrial Training.
5. If the student fails to secure 90% attendance during industrial training, the student shall reappear
for 6 months industrial training.
6. Formative assessment at industry level shall be carried out by the Mentor from of the industry,
where the student is undergoing training and the faculty in charge (Guide) from the concerned section in
the institution.
7. The Industrial training shall carry 300 marks and pass marks is 50% in assessments at industry (first
and second assessments) and final summative assessment at institution level put together i.e. 150 marks
out of 300 marks.
8. If the student fails to secure 50% marks in final summative assessment at institution level, the
student should reappear for final summative assessment in the subsequent board examination.
9. Final Summative assessment at institution level is done by a committee including 1. Head of
section (concerned branch of the discipline) , 2. External examiner and 3. Faculty members who assessed
the students during Industrial Training as members.
Guidelines and responsibilities of the faculty members who are assessing the students’ performance
during Industrial Training:
1. Every Teacher (Including Head of section of relevant branch only) shall be assigned a batch of
students of 10 to 15 for Industrial Training irrespective of students’ placements for training
2. Shall guide the students in all aspects regarding training.
3. Shall create awareness regarding safety measures to be followed in the industry during the training
period, and shall check it scrupulously.
4. Shall check the logbook of the students during the time of their visit for the assessment.
5. Shall monitor progress at regular intervals and make appropriate suggestions for improvement.
6. Shall visit the industry and make first and second assessments as per stipulated schedules.
7. Shall assess the skill sets acquired by the students during their assessment.
8. Shall award the marks for each skill set as per the marks allotted for that skill set during 1 st and 2nd
assessments
9. Shall voluntarily supplement students learning through appropriate materials like photographs,
articles, videos etc.
10. Shall act as co-examiner along with other examiners in the final assessment at institution.
11. Shall act as liaison between the student and mentor.
12. Shall maintain a diary indicating his observation with respect to the progress of students learning in
all three domains (Cognitive, Psychomotor and Affective).
Guidelines to the Training Mentor in the Industry:

1. Shall train the students in all the skill sets as far as possible.
2. Shall assess and award the marks in both the assessments along with the faculty member .
3. Shall check and approve the log books of the students.
4. Shall approve the attendance of each student at the end of the training period.
5. Shall report to the guide about student’s progress, personality development or any misbehavior as
the case may be.
196
DEPARTMENT OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION
NAME OF THE INSTITUTION
INDUSTRIAL TRAINING ASSESSMENT
PIN:
NAME OF THE STUDENT:
Skill Max Marks Marks

Set SKILL SET Allotted obtained
Sl.No For each
parameter
1 Identification of various 20
Equipments/Instruments
2 Supervising the Process of various 25
manufacturing units in Chemical Engineering
3 Handling, Operating procedures of 18
Equipments, Instruments
4 Troubleshooting Skills 20
5 Safety aspects and crisis management 17

6 Soft skills and Reporting skill 20
Total 120
(Marks in words: )
Signature of the Training In-charge (Mentor) Signature of the visiting staff (Guide)
Name: Name:
Designation: Designation:
197
INDUSTRIAL TRAINING ASSESSMENT
Department of Technical Education
Semester ( VI)
Name of the institution: Visit (I /II)
PIN:
Name of the student: Period of training
Name of the Industry Maximum marks (120)
Max
Marks Precisel Completes
Completes Makes
Allotted y the task,
Sl. the task, attempt,
SKILL SET For complet mistakes are
No Mistakes are Mistakes
each es the absent, but
a few are many
paramet task not Precise
er
Identification of various Equipments/Instruments

(20)
1 (i) Construction and Specifications of equipment and
12 12 10 7 5
instruments
(ii) Measuring the process parameter 8 8 6 5 3
Supervising the Process of various manufacturing
units in Chemical Engineering (20)
(i) Raw materials and Product, End uses 4 4 3 2 1
2 (ii) Process Flow diagram, Line diagrams 4 4 3 2 1
(iii) Process monitoring 4 4 3 2 1
(iv) Design aspects 4 4 3 2 1
(v) Quality control and Quality assurance 4 4 3 2 1
Handling, Operating procedures of Equipments,
Instruments (20)
3 (i) Working condition parameters 5 5 4 3 2
(ii) Startup-Shutdown 7 7 6 4 3
(iii) Maintenance 8 8 7 5 4
Troubleshooting Skills (20)
4 (i) Fault-Finding 12 12 10 7 5
(ii) Rectification 8 8 6 5 3
Safety aspects and crisis management (20)
(i) Safety procedures 6 6 5 4 2
5 (ii) Use of Personnel Protection Equipment 4 4 3 2 1
(iii) Crisis management during hazards, accidents 5 5 4 3 2
(iv) Pollution control techniques 5 5 4 3 2
Soft skills and Reporting skills(20)
(i)Communication Skills (oral/writing skills) 4 4 3 2 1
(ii) Human relations. 4 4 3 2 1
6
(iii) Supervisory abilities. 4 4 3 2 1
(iv) Reporting technical issues 4 4 3 2 1
(v)Maintenance of records in the industry. 4 4 3 2 1
Marks awarded in words and Figures:
Signature of Supervising Officer in industry
***
198

20 - Sugar Technology

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

20 - Sugar Technology

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

20 - Sugar Technology

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

CURRICULUM - 2023

STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION & TRAINING

S.No Contents Page No.

2. Highlights of Curriculum (C-23) 5

4. Rules and Regulations 6

5. Vision and Mission 21

6. Scheme of Instructions and Examinations – I Year 22

7. Scheme of Instructions and Examinations -III Sem 23

8. Scheme of Instructions and Examinations- IV Sem 24

9. Scheme of Instructions and Examinations -V Sem 25

10. Scheme of Instructions and Examinations -VI Sem 26

11. I Year Syllabus 28

12. III Sem Syllabus 89

13. IV Sem Syllabus 122

14. V Sem Syllabus 157

15 VI Sem Syllabus 190

Smt. C Naga Rani, I.A.S., Commissioner of Technical Education while addressing in

In continuation, series of workshops with subject experts followed in the subsequent

The outcome-based approach as given by NBA guidelines has been followed

The Revised Curriculum i.e., Curriculum–2023 (C-23) is approved by 45th

1. Introduced new lab-CAD PRACTICE for 2D Modelling, 3D Modelling for simulation

We are grateful to Sri. S. Suresh Kumar, I.A.S, Principal Secretary, Skills

We are grateful to Sri. Saurab Gaur,I.A.S, former Principal Secretary, Skills

It is pertinent to acknowledge the support of the following in the making of

4.1 Duration and pattern of the courses

The medium of instruction and examination shall be English.

4.4 Permanent Identification Number (PIN)

A cumulative / academic record is to be maintained of the Marks secured in

4.5 Number of Working Days Per Semester / Year:

4.6 Eligibility (Attendance to Appear for the End Examination)

a) A candidate shall be permitted to appear for the end examination in all

For INDUSTRIAL TRAINING:

Readmission shall be granted to eligible candidates by the respective

4.8 Scheme of Evaluation

Laboratory Courses:There shall be 40/20 Marks for internal assessment i.e.

b) III, IV, V, VI and VII Semesters:

4.9 Internal Assessment Scheme

Type of Assessment Weightage

Internal Assessment shall be of 90 minutes duration and for a maximum of 40

The total 50 marks assigned to internal assignment is to be scaled down to 20

Distribution of Marks for the Internal Assessment Marks

➢ (Part - A: 4 questions x 5 marks = 20 Marks; Part –B: 2 questions x 10 marks = 20

(ii) Laboratory Courses:

(a) Student’s performance in Laboratories / Workshop shall be assessed during

g) In case of Diploma programs having Industrial Training, Internal Assessment and

4.10 Minimum Pass Marks

4.11. Provision for Improvement

A) For Diploma Courses of 3 Years duration

v) A candidate shall be sent to Industrial training / VI semester provided he/she

For IVC & ITI Lateral Entry students:

i.) A candidate shall be permitted to appear for Third Semester examination

For IVC & ITI Lateral Entry students:

a) Puts the required percentage of attendance in the 4th semester

a) Puts in the required percentage of attendance in the 7thsemester .

C) For Diploma Courses of 3 ½ Years duration (BM):

For IVC & ITI Lateral Entry Students:

A candidate is eligible to appear for the 4th semester examination if he/she

For IVC & ITI Lateral Entry students:

a) Puts in the required percentage of attendance in the 5th semester.

IVC & ITI Lateral Entry students: